Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2020155021A1 - Method for session establishment and terminal device - Google Patents

Method for session establishment and terminal device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020155021A1
WO2020155021A1 PCT/CN2019/074190 CN2019074190W WO2020155021A1 WO 2020155021 A1 WO2020155021 A1 WO 2020155021A1 CN 2019074190 W CN2019074190 W CN 2019074190W WO 2020155021 A1 WO2020155021 A1 WO 2020155021A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
pdu
message
pdu sessions
parameter
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/074190
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
丁明
段小嫣
泮凯翔
余迪虎
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2019/074190 priority Critical patent/WO2020155021A1/en
Priority to CN201980064277.1A priority patent/CN112771903B/en
Publication of WO2020155021A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020155021A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/22Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and terminal device for session establishment.
  • the 5th generation (5G) communication protocol stipulates that the maximum number of packet data unit (PDU) sessions that a terminal device can establish is the maximum number of PDU identifiers (identify, ID) defined by the 5G communication protocol Value, the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the public land mobile network (PLMN) to which the core network registered by the terminal device belongs, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device, among the three Minimum value.
  • PDU packet data unit
  • ID the maximum number of PDU identifiers
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol is clear, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is also clear.
  • the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under different PLMNs cannot be accurately known by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device establishes a PDU session under a PLMN during the establishment of a PDU session, the value of the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device exceeds the size of the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN specified by the operator.
  • the network device sends an indication message to the terminal device to indicate that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN has been reached.
  • This application provides a method and terminal device for session establishment.
  • the terminal device indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under a preset PLMN by receiving an access management function network element sent by the terminal device. It can accurately know the value of the number of PDU sessions established under a certain PLMN.
  • a method for session establishment including: a terminal device sends a registration request message to the network side, the registration request message is used to request registration to a network belonging to a preset public land mobile communication network PLMN; The device receives the first message sent by the access management function network element, where the first message carries the first parameter, and the first parameter indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN.
  • the access management function network element on the core network side will indicate the preset
  • the first parameter of the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device under the PLMN supports to establish is carried in the first message and notified to the terminal device. Furthermore, after receiving the first message, the terminal device can accurately learn the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that it supports under the preset PLMN to which the registered core network belongs.
  • the foregoing indication information indicating the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that can be established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN is called the first parameter, which is only an example and does not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of this application.
  • the indication information indicating the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN are all within the protection scope of this application.
  • the first parameter may also be called first information, information element, and so on.
  • the first message may be the signaling between the terminal device and the access management function network element in the flow of the existing communication method, or the first message may also be added for notifying the terminal device of the first parameter.
  • the signaling between the terminal equipment and the access management function network element may be the signaling between the terminal equipment and the access management function network element.
  • the above-mentioned first parameter is a preset value of the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device under the PLMN, and the terminal device sets the first parameter and the PDU session defined by the protocol
  • the minimum value of the number of identifiers and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is determined as the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device is allowed to establish; the method for session establishment provided in this application also includes: The maximum number of PDU sessions to establish a PDU session.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device receives the above-mentioned first parameter, it can be determined based on the first parameter, the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device The maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by itself. And in the subsequent process of establishing a PDU session, the PDU session is established according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by itself. Since the terminal device can know the maximum number of PDU sessions that it is allowed to establish, it can clarify the number of PDU sessions that it can establish during the process of establishing a PDU session. There is no need to initiate blindly when the number of PDU sessions that it can establish cannot be accurately known. PDU session establishment request, thereby improving the performance of establishing PDU session.
  • the aforementioned terminal device can determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that it allows to establish based on the first parameter, the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device.
  • the first parameter indicates the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN, and when the terminal device determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by itself, it is the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN.
  • the minimum of the number of PDU sessions, the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is determined as the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by itself.
  • the terminal device can accurately determine the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN.
  • the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device are The value known in advance by the terminal device, and then the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of this application, informs the terminal device of the preset maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the PLMN through the first parameter, so that the terminal device can clearly determine The maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by itself.
  • the terminal device establishes a PDU session according to the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device allows to establish, including: when the terminal device has established the number of PDU sessions When the number is equal to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device, the terminal device refuses to establish a PDU session, or the terminal device establishes a PDU session after releasing any of the established PDU sessions.
  • the terminal device in the process of establishing a PDU session, the terminal device has already clarified the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by itself, so when initiating the establishment of a PDU session, the terminal device has already established
  • the terminal device does not need to blindly initiate the next PDU session establishment request like the existing PDU session establishment method. It is possible to refuse to establish the next PDU session, or to release one PDU session in an already established PDU session, so that the next PDU session can be successfully established. Further improve the performance of establishing PDU sessions.
  • the first message is a registration reception message, and the registration reception message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully registered.
  • the above-mentioned first message may be a registration reception message received in the registration process of the terminal device. That is to say, in the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of this application, the message carrying the first parameter sent by the access management function network element to the terminal device may be the reuse of the access management in the existing terminal device registration process The functional network element needs to send the registration reception message to the terminal device without adding new interactive signaling to reduce resource overhead.
  • the first parameter when the first parameter is carried in the registration reception message to notify the terminal device, the first parameter is equivalent to a newly added information element in the registration reception message.
  • the information that should be carried in the registration reception message in the prior art will not be repeated. Specifically, when the first parameter is carried in the registration reception message, the message load of the registration reception message is increased.
  • the method for session establishment before the terminal device sends the registration request message to the access management function network element, the method for session establishment provided in the embodiment of the present application is It also includes: the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system, wherein the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system is M, and M is a positive integer.
  • the method for establishing a session can be applied to a scenario where a terminal device has a different system handover. It can be understood that the terminal device may be from the first communication system before the second communication system initiates the registration request message. Switched to the second communication system, and the terminal device in the first communication system can also establish a PDU session. That is to say, the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the scenario of switching between different systems, and the application scope of the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the present application is improved.
  • first communication system and second communication system are only examples of different communication systems, and do not limit the protection scope of the present application.
  • the method for establishing a session further includes: there is a difference between the first communication system and the second communication system.
  • the registration request message carries the first status indication information
  • the first status indication information is used to indicate the status after the M-channel PDU session is transferred to the second communication system
  • the registration reception message carries the second status indication information
  • the second state indication information is used to indicate the N PDU sessions in the active state among the M PDU sessions, and N is a positive integer less than or equal to M
  • the terminal device determines that the N PDU sessions are in the active state according to the second state indication information.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device is switched from the first communication system to the second communication system, there is a different system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system. Then the PDU session established by the terminal device in the first communication system can be directly transferred to the second communication system through the different system switching interface. That is to say, for the PDU session established by the terminal device in the first communication system, the terminal device does not need to In the second communication system, the PDU session establishment process is initiated again. However, when the terminal device initiates the registration process in the second communication system, it needs to notify the access management function network in the second communication system of the status information of the multiple PDU session transferred from the first communication system to the second communication system. yuan.
  • the access management function network element learns the status of the multiple PDU session, it determines which PDU sessions in the multiple PDU session can be in the second communication system according to the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports under the preset PLMN.
  • the terminal device In the active state, the terminal device is notified of the PDU session information that can be in the active state in the second communication system.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device is switched between the different systems, it is clear that the active PDU session among the multiple PDU sessions transferred from the first communication system to the second communication system is the existence between the first communication system and the second communication system.
  • the different system switches the interface, and the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system to provide a solution for PDU session establishment.
  • the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message
  • the PDU session establishment rejection message is used to refuse to establish a PDU session.
  • the embodiment of this application provides The method for session establishment further includes: the terminal device sends at least one PDU session establishment request message to the access management function network element.
  • the above-mentioned first message may be a PDU session establishment rejection message received in the process of establishing a PDU session by the terminal device. That is to say, in the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of this application, the message carrying the first parameter sent by the access management function network element to the terminal device may be the connection in the process of establishing a PDU session by the existing terminal device.
  • the PDU session establishment rejection message that the access management function network element may send to the terminal device can reduce resource overhead without adding new interactive signaling.
  • the PDU session establishment rejection message includes: the downlink non-access layer direct transmission rejection 5G large-scale multiple input multiple output 5GMM reason code #65.
  • the aforementioned PDU session establishment rejection message may be an existing one used to indicate that the maximum number of PDU sessions has reached, and the downlink non-access layer direct transmission rejects 5G large-scale multi-input Multiple output 5GMM reason code #65.
  • the method for establishing a session further includes: a terminal device receives an update message sent by an access management network element, The update message carries the second parameter, and the second parameter is the parameter after the first parameter changes.
  • the terminal device under the preset PLMN when the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN changes, that is to say, the terminal device under the preset PLMN is used to indicate When the first parameter that supports the maximum number of PDU sessions to be established is changed to the second parameter.
  • the access management network element can notify the terminal device through an update message, so that the terminal device can timely know the change of the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports under the preset PLMN, and then accurately and timely determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that it allows to establish.
  • the accuracy of the terminal device in determining the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN can be improved.
  • the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is customized for the terminal device by the operator according to the contract data of the terminal device of.
  • the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN can be customized by the operator for the terminal device according to the contract data of the terminal device, that is to say
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a possible solution that can specifically determine the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the PLMN for different PLMNs of different terminal devices.
  • a method for session establishment which is characterized in that it includes: an access management function network element receives a registration request message sent by a terminal device, and the registration request message is used for the terminal device to request registration to a preset In the network of the public land mobile communication network PLMN; the access management function network element determines the first parameter, and the first parameter indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports under the preset PLMN; the access management function network element The first parameter is saved; the access management function network element sends a first message to the terminal device, and the first message carries the first parameter.
  • the access management function network element on the core network side will indicate the preset It is assumed that the first parameter of the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device under the PLMN supports to establish is carried in the first message and notified to the terminal device, and the local access management function network element in the access management function network element will The first parameter is saved. Furthermore, after receiving the first message, the terminal device can accurately learn the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that it supports under the preset PLMN to which the registered core network belongs.
  • the first message is a registration reception message
  • the registration reception message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully registered.
  • the above-mentioned first message may be a registration reception message sent by the access management function network element to the terminal device in the terminal device registration process. That is to say, in the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of this application, the message carrying the first parameter sent by the access management function network element to the terminal device may be the reuse of the access management in the existing terminal device registration process The functional network element needs to send the registration reception message to the terminal device without adding new interactive signaling to reduce resource overhead.
  • the registration request message carries first status indication information, and the first status indication information is used to indicate the status of the M-channel PDU session
  • the M-channel PDU session is the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system and transferred to the second communication system when the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system
  • this embodiment provides The method for session establishment further includes: the access management function network element determines the active N PDU sessions in the M PDU session according to the first parameter; the registration reception message carries the second state indication information and the second state indication information Used for N-way PDU sessions, M is a positive integer, and N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device is switched from the first communication system to the second communication system, there is a different system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system. Then the PDU session established by the terminal device in the first communication system can be directly transferred to the second communication system through the different system switching interface. That is to say, for the PDU session established by the terminal device in the first communication system, the terminal device does not need to In the second communication system, the PDU session establishment process is initiated again. However, when the terminal device initiates the registration process in the second communication system, it needs to notify the access management function network in the second communication system of the status information of the multiple PDU session transferred from the first communication system to the second communication system. yuan.
  • the access management function network element learns the status of the multiple PDU session, it determines which PDU sessions in the multiple PDU session can be in the second communication system according to the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports under the preset PLMN.
  • the terminal device In the active state, the terminal device is notified of the PDU session information that can be in the active state in the second communication system.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device is switched between the different systems, it is clear that the active PDU session among the multiple PDU sessions transferred from the first communication system to the second communication system is the existence between the first communication system and the second communication system.
  • the different system switches the interface, and the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system to provide a solution for PDU session establishment.
  • the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message
  • the PDU session establishment rejection message is used to refuse to establish a PDU session
  • the method further includes: access The management function network element receives at least one PDU session establishment request message sent by the terminal device.
  • the above-mentioned first message may be a PDU session establishment rejection message sent by the access management function network element to the terminal device in the process of establishing a PDU session by the terminal device. That is to say, in the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of this application, the message carrying the first parameter sent by the access management function network element to the terminal device may be the connection in the process of establishing a PDU session by the existing terminal device.
  • the PDU session establishment rejection message that the access management function network element may send to the terminal device can reduce resource overhead without adding new interactive signaling.
  • the PDU session establishment rejection message includes: the downlink non-access layer direct transmission rejects 5G large-scale multiple input multiple output 5GMM reason code #65.
  • the aforementioned PDU session establishment rejection message may be an existing one used to indicate that the maximum number of PDU sessions has reached, and the downlink non-access layer direct transmission rejects 5G large-scale multi-input Multiple output 5GMM reason code #65.
  • the access management function network element determining the first parameter includes: the access management function network element sends a query message to the data management network element to query The message is used to query the first parameter; the access management function network element receives a feedback message sent by the data management network element, and the feedback message includes the first parameter; or the access management function network element determines the first parameter based on a local policy.
  • the first parameter determined by the access management function network element may be obtained by querying the data management network element, or may be determined according to the local policy of the access management function network element.
  • Different solutions are provided for the access management function network element to determine the first parameter, so that the access management function network element can flexibly select a solution capable of determining the first parameter according to different situations.
  • the query message is an access authentication message
  • the feedback message is the subscription data of the terminal device.
  • the process of the access management function network element querying the data management network element to obtain the first parameter may be implemented in the existing access authentication process. That is, it is possible to reuse the existing interactive signaling between the access management function network element and the data management network element, saving resource overhead.
  • the method further includes: the access management network element sends an update message to the terminal device, the update message carries a second parameter, and the second parameter is The parameter after the first parameter has changed.
  • the terminal device under the preset PLMN when the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN changes, that is to say, the terminal device under the preset PLMN is used to indicate When the first parameter that supports the maximum number of PDU sessions to be established is changed to the second parameter.
  • the access management network element can notify the terminal device through an update message, so that the terminal device can timely know the change of the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports under the preset PLMN, and then accurately and timely determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that it allows to establish.
  • the accuracy of the terminal device in determining the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN can be improved.
  • the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is customized for the terminal device by the operator according to the contract data of the terminal device of.
  • the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN can be customized by the operator for the terminal device according to the contract data of the terminal device, that is to say
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a possible solution that can specifically determine the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the PLMN for different PLMNs of different terminal devices.
  • a method for session establishment which is characterized in that it includes: a data management network element receiving a query message sent by an access management function network element, the query message is used to query a first parameter, and the first parameter indicates The preset maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions established by the terminal equipment under the public land mobile communication network PLMN; the data management network element sends a feedback message to the access management function network element, and the feedback message carries the first parameter.
  • the data management network element after receiving the query message sent by the access management function network element, can indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device under the preset PLMN supports to establish
  • the first parameter is carried in the feedback message and notified to the access management function network element, that is, in the embodiment of this application, it is clear that the data management network element can realize the notification that the access management function network element can realize the maximum supported establishment of terminal equipment under the PLMN preset by the access management function network element.
  • the function of the number of PDU sessions is carried in the feedback message and notified to the access management function network element, that is, in the embodiment of this application, it is clear that the data management network element can realize the notification that the access management function network element can realize the maximum supported establishment of terminal equipment under the PLMN preset by the access management function network element.
  • the query message is an access authentication message
  • the feedback message is subscription data of the terminal device.
  • the process of the data management network element feeding back the first parameter to the access management function network element may be implemented in the existing access authentication process. That is, it is possible to reuse the existing interactive signaling between the access management function network element and the data management network element, saving resource overhead.
  • the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is customized for the terminal device by the operator according to the contract data of the terminal device of.
  • the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN can be customized by the operator for the terminal device according to the contract data of the terminal device, that is to say
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a possible solution that can specifically determine the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the PLMN for different PLMNs of different terminal devices.
  • a terminal device including: one or more processors; memory; multiple application programs; and one or more programs, wherein one or more programs are stored in the memory, and when one or more When each program is executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps: send a registration request message to the access management function network element, the registration request message is used to request registration to a network belonging to the preset public land mobile communication network PLMN Receiving a first message sent by the access management function network element, the first message carrying a first parameter, the first parameter indicating the maximum packet data that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN The number of unit PDU sessions.
  • a terminal device is provided.
  • the terminal device includes a processor and a transceiver. Among them, the processor and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path.
  • the terminal device when the one or more programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to execute the following steps: The first parameter, the value of the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol and the value of the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device are determined as the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device; according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device Quantity, establish PDU session.
  • establishing a PDU session according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device includes: when the terminal device has established a PDU session When the number is equal to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device, the terminal device refuses to establish the PDU session, or the terminal device releases any of the established PDU sessions and then establishes all PDU sessions. The PDU session.
  • the first message is a registration reception message
  • the registration reception message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully registered.
  • the terminal device before sending a registration request message to the access management function network element, when the one or more programs are processed by the When the device is executed, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps: switching from the first communication system to the second communication system, wherein the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system is M, and M is Positive integer.
  • the registration request message Carrying first status indication information
  • the first status indication information is used to indicate the status of the M-way PDU session after it is transferred to the second communication system
  • the registration reception message carries second status indication information
  • the second The status indication information is used to indicate the active N PDU sessions in the M PDU session, where N is a positive integer less than or equal to M
  • the terminal device performs the following steps: the terminal device determines that the N-way PDU session is in an active state according to the second state indication information.
  • the terminal device when there is no different system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system, when the one or When multiple programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps: according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device, it is determined that the M-channel PDU session can be used in the second communication system For the established N PDU sessions, the N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  • the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message
  • the PDU session establishment rejection message is used to refuse to establish a PDU session.
  • the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps: send at least one PDU session establishment request message to the access management function network element.
  • the terminal device when the one or more programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps: receiving the An update message sent by an access management network element, where the update message carries a second parameter, and the second parameter is a parameter after the first parameter changes.
  • the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is customized for the terminal device by the operator according to the contract data of the terminal device of.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, the method in the first aspect or any of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect is implemented.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the terminal device executes the foregoing The first method.
  • a chip system including a processor, configured to support a terminal device to implement the method of the first aspect.
  • an access management function network element including: one or more processors; a memory; multiple application programs; and one or more programs, wherein one or more programs are stored in the memory, when When one or more programs are executed by the processor, the access management function network element causes the access management function network element to perform the following steps: receiving a registration request message sent by a terminal device, where the registration request message is used by the terminal device to request registration to a preset public In the network of the land mobile communication network PLMN; determine a first parameter, the first parameter indicating the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN; save the first parameter; Send a first message to the terminal device, where the first message carries the first parameter.
  • the first message is a registration reception message
  • the registration reception message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully registered.
  • the registration request message carries first status indication information
  • the first status indication information is used to indicate the status of the M-channel PDU session
  • M-channel PDU session refers to the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system and transferred to the second communication system when the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system
  • the access management function network element is caused to perform the following steps: determine the active N PDU session in the M PDU session according to the first parameter
  • the registration reception message carries the second state indication information, the second state
  • the indication information is used for N PDU sessions, M is a positive integer, and N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  • the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message
  • the PDU session establishment rejection message is used to refuse to establish a PDU session, when one or more programs
  • the access management function network element is caused to perform the following steps: receiving at least one PDU session establishment request message sent by the terminal device.
  • the PDU session establishment rejection message includes: the downlink non-access layer direct transmission rejects 5G large-scale multiple input multiple output 5GMM reason code #65.
  • determining the first parameter includes: sending a query message to a data management network element, where the query message is used to query the first parameter; and receiving the data management network
  • the feedback message sent by the meta, the feedback message includes the first parameter; or the first parameter is determined based on a local policy.
  • the query message is an access authentication message
  • the feedback message is the subscription data of the terminal device.
  • the access management function network element when one or more programs are executed by the processor, the access management function network element is caused to perform the following steps: send an update to the terminal device Message, the update message carries the second parameter, and the second parameter is the parameter after the first parameter changes.
  • the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is customized for the terminal device by the operator according to the contract data of the terminal device of.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, the second aspect or the method in the possible implementation manner of any aspect of the second aspect is implemented.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is applied to a communication unit, a processing unit or a transceiver, or a processor of a network element to make the access management
  • the functional network element executes the method of the second aspect described above.
  • a chip system including a processor, configured to support an access management function network element to implement the method of the second aspect.
  • a data management network element including: one or more processors; a memory; multiple application programs; and one or more programs, wherein one or more programs are stored in the memory, and when a Or when multiple programs are executed by the processor, the access management function network element is caused to perform the following steps: receiving a query message sent by the access management function network element, the query message is used to query the first parameter, and the first parameter indicates a preset public The maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device under the land mobile communication network PLMN supports; sends a feedback message to the access management function network element, and the feedback message carries the first parameter.
  • the query message is an access authentication message
  • the feedback message is the subscription data of the terminal device.
  • the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is the operator based on the terminal device's contract data, which is the terminal Equipment customized.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and the program is executed by a processor to implement the third aspect or the method in the possible implementation manners of any aspect of the third aspect.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run by the communication unit, processing unit or transceiver, or processor of the applied network element, the data management The network element executes the method of the third aspect described above.
  • a chip system including a processor, configured to support a data management network element to implement the method of the third aspect.
  • a communication system which includes one or more of the aforementioned terminal equipment, access management function network element, and data management network element.
  • the communication system may also include other devices that interact with terminal devices, access management function network elements, and data management network elements in the solution provided in the embodiments of the present application, and so on.
  • implementing the foregoing method for session establishment in the communication system includes:
  • the terminal device sends a registration request message to the access management function network element, where the registration request message is used to request registration to a network belonging to the preset public land mobile communication network PLMN, where the access management function network element is sent to the network Core network equipment in
  • the access management function network element After the access management function network element receives the registration request message sent by the terminal device, it queries the data management network element for the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN; or, After the access management function network element receives the registration request message sent by the terminal device, it determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN according to a local policy;
  • the access management function network element After the access management function network element determines the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN, the access management function network element downloads the terminal device to the preset PLMN The maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established is saved locally;
  • the access management function network element carries the first parameter that can indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN in a registration reception message and sends it to the terminal device;
  • the terminal device After receiving the first parameter, the terminal device determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device based on the first parameter, the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device;
  • the terminal device can establish a PDU session according to the determined maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device.
  • the method and terminal device for session establishment provided by the embodiments of the present application are used to indicate the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN sent by the access management function network element , Can accurately know the value of the number of PDU sessions established under a certain PLMN.
  • FIG. 1 is a system architecture diagram applicable to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of registration of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for session establishment according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for updating a first parameter according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for updating a first parameter according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a registration receiving message provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application. ;
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of yet another session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the terminal device 10 proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 20 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of an access management function network element 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a data management network element 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG 1 is a network architecture applied to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the various parts involved in the network architecture are described below.
  • Terminal device 110 It can include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of terminals, mobile stations, MS), terminal (terminal), user equipment (UE), soft terminal, etc. For example, water meters, electricity meters, sensors, etc.
  • (Radio access network, (R)AN) network element 120 used to provide network access functions for authorized terminal equipment in a specific area, and can use different qualities according to the level of terminal equipment and service requirements Transmission tunnel.
  • (R)AN network elements can manage wireless resources, provide access services for terminal devices, and then complete the forwarding of control signals and terminal device data between the terminal devices and the core network.
  • (R)AN network elements can also be understood as traditional networks Base station in.
  • User plane network element 130 used for packet routing and forwarding and quality of service (QoS) processing of user plane data, etc.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the user plane network element may be a user plane function (UPF) network element.
  • UPF user plane function
  • the user plane network element can still be a UPF network element, or it can have other names, which is not limited by this application.
  • Data network element 140 used to provide a network for transmitting data.
  • the data network element may be a data network (DN) network element.
  • DN data network
  • the data network network element may still be a DN network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Access management network element 150 Mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement other functions other than session management in the mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function, for example, legal Monitoring and access authorization/authentication functions.
  • mobility management entity mobility management entity, MME
  • the access management network element may be an access management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network element.
  • AMF access management function
  • the access management network element may still be an AMF network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Session management network element 160 Mainly used for session management, terminal equipment Internet Protocol (IP) address allocation and management, selection of end points that can manage user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink Data notification, etc.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the session management network element may be a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element.
  • SMF session management function
  • the session management network element may still be an SMF network element, or may also have other names, which are not limited by this application.
  • Policy control network element 170 a unified policy framework used to guide network behavior, and provide policy rule information for control plane function network elements (such as AMF, SMF network elements, etc.).
  • the policy control network element may be a policy and charging rules function (PCRF) network element.
  • the policy control network element may be a policy control function (PCF) network element.
  • PCF policy control function
  • the policy control network element may still be a PCF network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Authentication server 180 used for authentication services, generating keys to implement two-way authentication for terminal devices, and supporting a unified authentication framework.
  • the authentication server may be an authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network element.
  • the authentication server function network element may still be an AUSF network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited by this application.
  • Data management network element 190 used to process terminal device identification, access authentication, registration, and mobility management.
  • the data management network element may be a unified data management (UDM) network element; in a 4G communication system, the data management network element may be a home subscriber server (HSS) network In the future communication system, the unified data management can still be a UDM network element, or it can have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • UDM unified data management
  • HSS home subscriber server
  • Application network element 1100 used for data routing affected by applications, access to network open function network elements, and interaction with the policy framework for policy control.
  • the application network element may be an application function (AF) network element.
  • AF application function
  • the application network element may still be an AF network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited by this application.
  • Network storage network element used to maintain real-time information of all network functions and services in the network.
  • the network storage network element may be a network repository function (NRF) network element.
  • NRF network repository function
  • the network storage network element may still be an NRF network element, or may also have other names, which are not limited by this application.
  • the aforementioned network elements or functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
  • the access management network element is the AMF network element
  • the data management network element is the UDM network element
  • the session management network element is the SMF network element
  • the user plane network element is the UPF network element.
  • the AMF network element is abbreviated as AMF
  • the UDM network element is abbreviated as UDM
  • the SMF network element is abbreviated as SMF
  • the UPF network element is abbreviated as UPF. That is, the AMF described later in this application can be replaced with access management network elements, UDM can be replaced with data management network elements, SMF can be replaced with session management network elements, and UPF can be replaced with user plane network elements.
  • the device is an AMF entity and a UDM entity as examples to describe the method for establishing a session.
  • the implementation method of the device being a chip in the AMF entity and a chip in the UDM entity, refer to The specific descriptions of the devices being the AMF entity and the UDM entity will not be repeated.
  • the terminal equipment is connected to the AMF through the N1 interface
  • the RAN is connected to the AMF through the N2 interface
  • the RAN is connected to the UPF through the N3 interface.
  • the UPFs are connected through the N9 interface, and the UPFs are interconnected through the N6 interface DN.
  • SMF controls UPF through the N4 interface.
  • AMF interfaces with SMF through N11 interface.
  • AMF obtains terminal equipment subscription data from the UDM unit through the N8 interface
  • SMF obtains terminal equipment subscription data from the UDM unit through the N10 interface.
  • network function network element entities such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, and UDM network elements are all called network function (NF) network elements; or, in some other network architectures, a collection of network elements such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, UDM network elements, etc. can all be called control plane function network elements.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE Time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminals, user units, user stations, mobile stations, mobile stations, remote stations, remote terminals, mobile equipment, user terminals, terminals, wireless communication equipment, user agents, or User device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) Terminal equipment, etc., this embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device.
  • the network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA)
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • the base transceiver station (BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved base station (evolved) in the LTE system.
  • NodeB, NB base station
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • evolved evolved base station
  • NodeB eNB or eNodeB
  • it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario
  • the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, and future
  • the network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided according to the embodiments of the application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture used in this application encompasses a computer program that can be accessed from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the number of PDU sessions corresponding to upper-layer applications will inevitably increase.
  • the ability of terminal devices to establish more PDU sessions is a business-driven need.
  • Operators can customize different PLMN terminal device support according to the contract information of terminal devices
  • the maximum number of PDU sessions For a terminal device, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device, and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under PLMN determine the maximum PDU that can be established When quantity, you need to know the three quantity values clearly.
  • the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol has been described in the version number 24.501 6.4.1.5, which will not be repeated in this application; the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by terminal equipment under PLMN is based on the operator’s
  • the subscription information of the terminal device is customized, which is equivalent to the value preset by the operator based on different PLMNs and different terminal devices; the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device is a value known by the terminal device itself, which can be the manufacturing of the terminal device Specified by the manufacturer.
  • the network device does not notify the terminal device of the value of the maximum PDU session number supported by the terminal device under the aforementioned PLMN. But when the terminal device establishes a PDU session, when the network device receives a request message sent by the terminal device requesting the establishment of a PDU session, if it is determined that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN has reached, the network device will The terminal device sends indication information to notify the terminal device that the number of PDU sessions currently established has reached the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN.
  • the indication information is the rejection reason code #65 in the downlink non-access stratum transport (DL NAS TRANSPORT) message stipulated in the protocol, where the rejection reason code #65 indicates that the maximum number of PDU sessions has reached .
  • DL NAS TRANSPORT downlink non-access stratum transport
  • the maximum number of PDU sessions which a UE can establish in a PLMN is limited by whichever is the lowest of: the maximum number of PDU session IDs allowed by the protocol(as 11specified TS 24.007 [as 11specified] subclause 11.2.3.1b),the PLMN's maximum number of PDU sessions and the UE's implementation-specific maximum number of PDU sessions.24.5015.4.5.2.4
  • the AMF determines that the PLMN's maximum number of PDU sessions has already been already back to the F UE, the hall reached for the F UE UE the 5GSM message which was not forwarded and 5GMM cause#65"maximum number of PDU sessions reached" as specified
  • the terminal device after receiving the instruction information of the network device, the terminal device will not trigger the establishment of the PDU session by default. If the terminal device needs to re-establish a high-priority or emergency service PDU session, the terminal device needs to choose to release the established PDU session by itself, thereby establishing a new PDU session. The terminal tries to establish the PDU session again, and it does not guarantee the success of the PDU session establishment, which will consume the signaling interaction between the terminal device and the network device. Among them, the terminal device choosing to release an established PDU session generally does not choose a high-priority or emergency service PDU session for release.
  • the terminal device #1 knows that the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol is 16, or it is understood that 16 PDU session IDs are defined; further The terminal device #1 knows that the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device #1 is 6; the operator determines that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device #1 under the PLMN is 5. When terminal device #1 is communicating with the network device, it cannot be determined that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by terminal device #1 under the PLMN is 5.
  • the terminal device #1 simultaneously initiates the 5th and 6th PDU session establishment requests after establishing the 4 PDU sessions.
  • the network device receives the multi-path PDU session establishment request, it is determined that if the multi-path PDU session is allowed to be established, the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device #1 under the PLMN will be exceeded. Furthermore, the network device sends the aforementioned indication information to the terminal device #1, indicating that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device #1 under the PLMN has been reached.
  • the terminal device #1 After the terminal device #1 receives the indication information, it cannot be determined that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device #1 under the PLMN is 5. Instead, it is considered that the establishment of the fifth and sixth PDU sessions after the establishment of a 4-way PDU session is not successful, and it is concluded that the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established by terminal device #1 is 4, which leads to the final determination of the maximum PDU session that can be established The quantity is wrong. Furthermore, the terminal device #1 was able to successfully establish the fifth PDU session. Due to a judgment error, when the terminal device #1 needs to establish the fifth PDU session, the fifth PDU session may not be established, or the fifth PDU session may be released. One PDU session of the non-emergency service in the established 4-way PDU session, and then the fifth PDU session is established.
  • the PLMN involved in this application is a network established and operated by the government or an operator approved by the government to provide the public with land mobile communication services. For example, China Mobile, China Unicom, etc.
  • the operator maintains the network with the PLMN as the granularity for network maintenance.
  • the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal equipment under the PLMN supports to establish is customized.
  • the home PLMN home public land mobile network, HPLMN
  • visited PLMN visitor public land mobile network, VPLMN
  • HPLMN home public land mobile network
  • VPLMN visitor public land mobile network
  • the above-mentioned maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is just a commonly used term, and does not constitute a limitation on this application.
  • it can also be referred to as the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal equipment at the PLMN level, or the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the PLMN’s terminal equipment.
  • a terminal device that wants to obtain the services provided by the network device must first register with the network device.
  • the registration process of the terminal device involved in the embodiment of this application is similar to that specified in the existing agreement. include:
  • the initial registration refers to the terminal device registering with the network device for the first time
  • the mobile update registration refers to the terminal device once it moves to a new time advanced (TA) cell, the new TA cell no longer belongs to the terminal
  • TA time advanced
  • periodic registration refers to the periodical registration timer in the terminal device that expires and triggers periodic registration. This kind of registration is similar to the heartbeat mechanism, which is to let the network device know The terminal device is also turned on in the service area.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of registration of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • S110 The terminal device sends a registration request message to the access network.
  • the registration request message may be the registration request message in the aforementioned initial registration, mobile update registration or periodic registration process. It should be understood that the parameters carried in the registration request message in different registration types and scenarios are different. This application is not limited to this, and it may be a parameter that needs to be carried as stipulated in the existing agreement, which will not be repeated here.
  • the access network selects an appropriate access management network element (destination access management network element) according to the parameters carried in the registration request message sent by the terminal device.
  • the process for the access network to select the access management network element is the selection method specified in the existing protocol, which is not limited in this application.
  • S130 The access network forwards the registration request message to the destination access management network element.
  • the access network forwards the registration request message of the NAS layer to the access management network element through the N2 interface.
  • the destination access management network element sends a request message for acquiring context information of the terminal device to the source access management network element.
  • the destination access management network element is an access management network element selected by the access network based on the parameters carried in the registration request message sent by the terminal device.
  • the source access management network element is an access management network element selected based on the parameters carried in the registration request message sent by the terminal device once on the access network.
  • destination access management network element and source access management network element are only examples, and the source access management network element may not be included when the terminal device registers for the first time.
  • the source access management network element sends a response message to the destination access management network element, which carries the context information of the terminal device.
  • the destination access management network element sends a request message for acquiring ID information of the terminal device to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends a response message to the target access management network element, which carries ID information of the terminal device.
  • the destination access management network element selects the authentication server function AUSF network element.
  • the authentication process between the terminal device and the core network is the selection method specified in the existing agreement, which is not limited in this application.
  • the destination access management network element notifies the source access management network element of the registration result of the terminal device.
  • the destination access management network element selects a data management network element.
  • the destination access management network element registers the terminal device with the data management network element.
  • the destination access management network element obtains terminal device access and mobile subscription data, SMF selection subscription data, and context information of the terminal device in the SMF from the data management network element.
  • S1150 The data management network element notifies the source to access the management network element to register the terminal device.
  • the destination access management network element sends a registration reception message to the terminal device.
  • FIG. 2 is only a simple example, and does not all show the registration process of the terminal device, and mainly involves the steps and network elements that may be involved in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the complete registration process of the terminal device can be obtained based on the existing protocol, and will not be repeated in this application.
  • the communication system supports the PDU connection service.
  • the PDU connection service is the service of exchanging PDU data packets between the terminal device and the DN; the PDU connection service is implemented by the terminal device initiating the establishment of a PDU session. After a PDU session is established, a data transmission channel between the terminal device and the DN is established.
  • this application provides a method for session establishment, in which the terminal device is notified through the AMF that the terminal device supports the establishment of the PLMN to which the core network belongs.
  • the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions enables the terminal device to accurately learn the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established by itself, and improves the performance of the terminal device for establishing PDU sessions.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the application. Including terminal equipment and access management network elements, and steps S210-S220, these steps are described in detail below.
  • S210 The terminal device sends a registration request message to the access management function network element.
  • the registration request message is used to request the terminal device to be registered in the network belonging to the preset public land mobile communication network PLMN.
  • the registration request message can be the initial registration request message sent when the terminal device registers with the network device for the first time, or the registration request message can be the terminal device moving to the new maximum timing advance TA cell, which has already If it does not belong to the registration area of the terminal device, the mobile update registration request message triggered by the terminal device, or the registration request message may be a periodic registration request message triggered by a periodic registration timer in the terminal device that expires.
  • the registration request message sent by the terminal device to the access management function network element in this application is a registration request message sent by the terminal device to the access management function network element via the access network.
  • the registration process of the terminal device is shown in Fig. 2 and will not be repeated here.
  • the above-mentioned access management function network element may be the aforementioned AMF network element, or when the embodiment of this application provides
  • the aforementioned access management function network element may be the aforementioned MME network element.
  • S220 The terminal device receives the first message sent by the access management function network element.
  • the first message carries a first parameter
  • the first parameter indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under a preset public land mobile communication network PLMN.
  • the first parameter is a value of the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under a preset PLMN.
  • the first parameter is a value of the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under a preset PLMN.
  • the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is 5.
  • the first parameter is 5, or the first parameter is X, and the one-to-one correspondence between the first parameter and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN indicates that when the first parameter is X At this time, the preset maximum value of the number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is 5.
  • first parameter being 5 or X
  • Other terminal devices can clearly obtain the first parameter of the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN based on the first parameter. All the first parameters are within the protection scope of this application, and the first parameters will not be listed here. A possible form of a parameter.
  • the first message is a registration reception message.
  • the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message.
  • the PDU session establishment rejection message may be the aforementioned indication information (reason code #65), or the PDU session establishment rejection message may also be existing signaling other than the reason code #65.
  • the flow of the method for session establishment shown in FIG. 3 further includes: the terminal device sends a PDU session establishment request message to the access management function network element.
  • the terminal device described in this application sending the PDU session establishment request message to the access management function network element may be a PDU session establishment request sent by the existing terminal device to the access management function network element when it needs to establish a PDU session news. This application does not limit the PDU session establishment request message.
  • the first message is a message sent to the terminal device after the access management function network element determines the first parameter. That is, the first message is the interaction signaling between the newly added access management function network element and the terminal device, and is used to notify the terminal device of the above-mentioned first parameter.
  • the above-mentioned first message may be newly-added interactive signaling between the access management function network element and the terminal device, or the first message may also be the reuse of existing signaling.
  • the first message may be the existing interactive signaling between the access management function network element and the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application only adds an information element (information element, IE) to the existing interactive signaling.
  • IE is the first parameter mentioned above.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific form of the first message, as long as the first message carrying the above-mentioned first parameter is within the protection scope of the present application.
  • the first message involved in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to only the registration reception message or the PDU session establishment rejection message when the existing signaling is reused, and it can also be other existing signaling. , This is no longer an example one by one.
  • the process of the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the application before S220 further includes S221, the access management function network element determines the foregoing first parameter, and S222, the access management function network element saves the foregoing first parameter.
  • the access management function network element may determine the foregoing first parameter in the following two ways:
  • the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the aforementioned preset PLMN is customized for the terminal device by the operator according to the subscription data of the terminal device.
  • the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN and the subscription data of the terminal device are stored in the data management network element together. So in terms of mode, the method flow shown in FIG. 3 also includes S212 and S213.
  • the access management function network element sends a query message to the data management network element, and the query message is used to query the data management network element for the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN; the data management network element Send a feedback message to the access management function network element, that is, after receiving the query message, the data management network element carries the first parameter used to indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN in the feedback message Informing the access management function network element. Then, in the first mode, the access management function network element needs to obtain the above-mentioned first parameter from the data management network element, save the first parameter in the local memory, and then carry the first parameter in the first message to notify Terminal Equipment.
  • the aforementioned data management network element may be the aforementioned UDM network element, or when the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is used
  • the above-mentioned data management network element may be the aforementioned HSS network element.
  • the query message may be an access authentication message.
  • the data management network element when the access management function network element is in the process of authenticating with the data management network element, the data management network element carries the above-mentioned first parameter in the signaling that transmits the subscription data of the terminal device and informs the access management function network. yuan. Furthermore, the access management function network element receives the signaling sent by the data management network element, obtains the first parameter, and records the first parameter in the access management function network element. And notify the terminal device through the above-mentioned first message.
  • the foregoing first parameter is determined by the access management function network element according to the local policy in the access management function network element.
  • the local policy in the network element of the access management function is preset by the operator, which is not limited in this application.
  • a visited, V-AMF visitor, V-AMF
  • a visited, V-AMF network element can determine the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN under the VPLMN according to a local policy.
  • the terminal device can determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device can establish according to the first parameter in the first message, that is, the terminal device determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device is allowed to establish based on the first parameter. The number of PDU sessions.
  • the maximum number of PDU sessions that a terminal device can establish is based on the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under PLMN, and the terminal device
  • the minimum value among the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported is determined.
  • the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol is clear, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is also clear.
  • the terminal device receives the first message and obtains the first parameter, the value of the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is also clear.
  • the terminal device determines the minimum of the three values based on the three known values as the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device can establish.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device needs to establish the first PDU session, it can determine whether to establish the first PDU session according to the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device can establish.
  • the terminal device When the first message is a registration to receive message. That is, the terminal device has learned the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established before initiating the session establishment procedure.
  • the terminal device when the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is less than the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by the terminal device, the terminal device establishes the first PDU session.
  • the maximum number of PDU sessions that a terminal device can establish is 5.
  • the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is 4. Then the terminal device continues to initiate the PDU session establishment process to establish the aforementioned first PDU session.
  • the terminal device refuses to establish the first PDU session.
  • the maximum number of PDU sessions that a terminal device can establish is 5.
  • the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is 5. Then the terminal device refuses to initiate the PDU session establishment process and refuses to establish the aforementioned first PDU session.
  • the terminal device when the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is equal to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by the terminal device, the terminal device establishes the first PDU session after releasing the second PDU session, wherein the second PDU The session is any one of the PDU sessions established by the terminal device.
  • the maximum number of PDU sessions that a terminal device can establish is 5.
  • the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is 5.
  • the terminal device releases the second PDU session among the established PDU sessions, and establishes the aforementioned first PDU session.
  • the second PDU session should be a PDU session other than the emergency service PDU session in addition to the established PDU sessions.
  • the terminal device When the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message. That is, the terminal device does not clearly determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device can establish before initiating the session establishment process.
  • the terminal device after activating a multi-channel session, the terminal device simultaneously initiates the establishment of two PDU sessions (PDU session #1 and PDU session #2) as an example to illustrate how the terminal device determines whether to establish a two-channel PDU session.
  • the access management function network element After the access management function network element receives the two-way PDU session establishment request message, it is determined according to the first parameter cached locally that the number of PDU sessions requested to be established by the terminal device has reached the first parameter. Then, the access management function network element sends a PDU session establishment rejection message to the terminal device, and carries the first parameter in the PDU session establishment rejection message. The terminal device clarifies the maximum number of PDU sessions that it can establish based on the first parameter.
  • the terminal device For example, first, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the terminal device based on the 5G communication protocol is 16, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is 6, and the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established by the terminal device is 6. Then, the terminal device only needs to have the number of established PDU sessions less than or equal to 4 before initiating the PDU session #1 and PDU session #2 establishment request.
  • the terminal device successfully establishes a 4-way PDU session connection and initiates a request for establishing PDU session #1 and PDU session #2 at the same time.
  • the access management function network element receives the PDU session #1 and PDU session #2 establishment request message, according to the size of the locally cached first parameter (for example, the first parameter is 5), it determines that it exceeds the size of the terminal device connected to The value of the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN to which the PLMN belongs. Then, the access management function network element sends a PDU session establishment rejection message to the terminal device, and the PDU session establishment rejection message carries the first parameter.
  • the size of the locally cached first parameter for example, the first parameter is 5
  • the terminal device determines that the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device actually supports is 6 5.
  • the terminal device here judges whether to initiate a PDU session establishment request based on the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established by itself is 5. Specifically, determining whether to initiate a PDU session establishment request is similar to the above-mentioned situation 1, and will not be repeated here.
  • the access management function network element when the foregoing first parameter changes, sends an update message to the terminal device, and the update message includes the second parameter.
  • the second parameter is the first parameter after the change.
  • the access management function network element after learning that the first parameter has changed, will change the first parameter after the change.
  • the second parameter is carried in the update message to notify the terminal device.
  • the update message is a registration reception message in a mobile or periodic registration update process.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for updating a first parameter according to an embodiment of the present application. include:
  • S310 The terminal device sends a registration request message to the access management network element.
  • the registration request message is a registration request message in the mobile update registration or periodic registration process.
  • S320 The access management network element determines the second parameter.
  • the access management network element determines that the aforementioned first parameter value has changed, and calls the changed first parameter the second parameter.
  • the access management network element learning that the first parameter has changed may be: the data management network element determines that the above-mentioned first parameter has changed according to the subscription data of the terminal device, and notifies the access management network of the result of the change of the second parameter Or, the local policy of the access management network element has changed, so that the access management network element determines that the first parameter has changed.
  • the access management network element sends a registration reception message to the terminal device.
  • the registration reception message includes the aforementioned second parameter (maximum number of PDU sessions for the UE), and the second parameter indicates the maximum number of PDU sessions that the changed terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN.
  • the update message is a configuration update command in the terminal configuration update procedure.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for updating a first parameter according to an embodiment of the present application. include:
  • S410 The access management network element determines the second parameter.
  • the access management network element determines that the aforementioned first parameter value has changed, and calls the changed first parameter the second parameter.
  • the access management network element learning that the first parameter has changed may be: the data management network element determines that the above-mentioned first parameter has changed according to the subscription data of the terminal device, and notifies the access management network of the result of the change of the second parameter Or, the local policy of the access management network element has changed, so that the access management network element determines that the first parameter has changed.
  • the access management network element sends a configuration update command to the terminal device.
  • the configuration update command includes the above-mentioned second parameter, and the second parameter indicates the maximum number of PDU sessions that the changed terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN.
  • the update message is newly-added signaling between the terminal device and the access management function network element, and is used to notify that the aforementioned first parameter has changed.
  • update message in this application is not limited, and it may be any kind of signaling that can be used to carry the above-mentioned second parameter.
  • the method for establishing a session provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to establish a session after the terminal device switches from one communication system to another communication system.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 3 further includes S211, the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system.
  • first and second in this application are only used for distinguishing description, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. Among them, the first communication system and the second communication system only distinguish different communication systems.
  • the first communication system may be an LTE system
  • the second communication system may be a 5G system
  • the first communication system may be a 5G system
  • the second communication system may be an LTE system
  • the first communication system may be an LTE system
  • the second communication system may be a WCDMA system.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit which two communication systems the first communication system and the second communication system are. It is only restricted that the first communication system and the second communication system are two different communication systems.
  • the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system is M, and M is a positive integer. Furthermore, when the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system, it is necessary to transfer the M-way PDU session from the first communication system to the second communication system.
  • the switching of the terminal device from the first communication system to the second communication system includes the following two situations:
  • Case 1 The first communication system and the second communication system have different system switching interfaces.
  • the inter-system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system is used to directly transfer the bearer in the first communication system to the second communication system, that is, the terminal device is switched from the first communication system to the second communication system.
  • the communication system there is no need to re-establish the PDU session established in the first communication system in the second communication system.
  • the registration process includes:
  • the registration request message sent by the terminal device to the access management function network element carries first status indication information, and the first status indication information is used to indicate the status of the M-channel PDU session after it is transferred to the second communication system;
  • the access management function network element determines the active N PDU sessions among the M PDU sessions based on the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN, where M is a positive integer, and N is A positive integer less than or equal to M;
  • the access management function network element sends a registration reception message to the terminal device.
  • the registration reception message carries second status indication information and a first parameter indicating the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the PLMN.
  • the second status indication information is used to indicate the N PDU sessions in the active state among the M PDU sessions;
  • the terminal device determines that the N-way PDU session is in the active state according to the second state indication information.
  • a terminal device establishes a 10-way PDU session in the first communication system, and after the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system, it transfers the 10-way PDU session to the second communication system and then The registration process is initiated in the communication system.
  • the registration request message carries the status information of the 10-way PDU session as the active state
  • the access management function network element receives the registration request message, it determines the number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN in its own buffer. There are only 5 PDU sessions in the active state among the 10 PDU sessions.
  • the access management function network element informs the terminal device which 5-way PDU session is active. After the terminal device receives the registration reception message, it will notify the 10-way PDU session in addition to the 5-way PDU session notified by the access management function network element.
  • the 5-way PDU session is determined to be inactive.
  • the PDU session established in the first communication system can be directly transferred to the second communication system through the different system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system, if it is in the active state
  • the network device will select some PDU sessions for deactivation.
  • the terminal device will respond accordingly after receiving the notification from the network device. Perform deactivation. Among them, deactivation refers to changing the PDU session in the active state to the inactive state.
  • Case 2 There is no different system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system.
  • the registration process includes:
  • the access management function network element sends a registration reception message to the terminal device.
  • the registration reception message carries a first parameter indicating the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the PLMN.
  • the terminal device determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device is allowed to establish according to the registration received message. Based on the determined maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device, determine the N PDU sessions that can be established in the M PDU sessions.
  • the terminal device establishes a 10-way PDU session in the first communication system, and after the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system, it initiates the registration process in the second communication system. It is learned that the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device is 5, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined based on the 5G communication protocol is 16, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is 6 to determine the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by the terminal device Is 5. Furthermore, the terminal device selects 5 PDU sessions among the 10 PDU sessions to initiate a PDU session establishment process.
  • the PDU session established in the first communication system by the terminal device needs to select the PDU established in the first communication system in the second communication system after switching from the first communication system to the second communication system All or this part of the PDU session in the session re-initiates the PDU session establishment process.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application. Applied in a 5G system, it means that the terminal device obtains the above-mentioned first parameter during the registration phase, and determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that it can establish. include:
  • S510 The UE sends a registration request message to the AMF.
  • the registration request message may be a registration request message in the initial registration, mobile update registration, or periodic registration process. This application does not limit this.
  • the AMF obtains the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN. This information can be included in the UE subscription data and sent by the UDM to the AMF. It should be understood that if it is not included in the subscription data, it can also be obtained from the AMF local policy, and then the AMF informs the terminal through the newly added IE.
  • the AMF itself buffers the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
  • S510 and S520 are the registration procedures of the terminal device, which have been explained in FIG. 2 and will not be detailed here.
  • the AMF sends a registration reception message to the UE.
  • the registration acceptance message adds an IE (PLMN’s maximum allowed number of PDU session), which is used to indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
  • PLMN maximum allowed number of PDU session
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a registration reception message provided by an embodiment of the present application. include:
  • Original information and the newly added IE where the original information refers to the information included in the existing registration reception message, for example, the original information includes registration area, network slice subscription change signs, allowing NSSAI and other prior art registration reception messages Some original information is not limited in this application; the newly added IE is for AMF to add 4 bytes of special information to the registration reception message after determining the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
  • the number of bytes occupied by the newly added IE may be a number of bytes other than the aforementioned 4 bytes, which is not limited in this application. It should also be understood that FIG. 7 is only a schematic diagram.
  • the newly added IE can be located at any position in the registration reception message.
  • the resources occupied by the newly added IE may be the resources reserved in the registration reception message, or It is to carry the newly added IE and allocate the resources to register to receive the message, which will not be illustrated one by one here.
  • S540 The UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established.
  • the UE After receiving the registration reception message, the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN based on the newly added IE in the registration reception message.
  • the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established based on the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE, and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
  • the new IE in S530 occupies 4 bytes, indicating that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under PLMN is 5, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol is 16, and the maximum PDU session actually supported by the UE The number value is 6.
  • S550 The UE determines whether to establish a PDU session.
  • the UE Each time the UE establishes a PDU session, it needs to determine whether it is within the range of the number of PDU sessions allowed to be established.
  • the UE determines that the number of established PDU sessions does not exceed the allowed number of PDU sessions, the UE initiates the PDU session establishment process; if the UE determines that the number of established PDU sessions is equal to the allowed establishment The number of PDU sessions.
  • the UE chooses to refuse to establish a PDU session or to establish a new PDU session that needs to be established through an appropriate established PDU session.
  • this PD session is the first PDU session, and the number of established PDU sessions does not exceed the allowed number of PDU sessions, and the UE initiates a PDU session establishment process.
  • UE sends PDU session establishment request message to AMF (PDU session establishment request)-AMF forwards PDU session establishment request message to SMF-UPF domain SMF interaction signaling, establishes PDU session-SMF sends PDU session establishment reception message to AMF (PDU session establishment) accept)-AMF forwards the PDU session establishment reception message to the UE.
  • AMF PDU session establishment request
  • AMF PDU session establishment request
  • AMF PDU session establishment request
  • the UE determines to release the established PDU session, and when the PDU session is established, repeat the above S550 and then execute S592 to release the PDU session; then execute S560-S590 .
  • the UE determines that the number of PDU sessions that can be established is 5, and after the UE successfully establishes a 5-way PDU session, when there is a 6th PDU session to be established, since the UE knows that the number of PDU sessions that can be established is 5, initiate a PDU session again When creating a request, AMF will feed back #65 mentioned above. Therefore, in this embodiment, the UE does not need to blindly try to establish the 6th PDU session again without making any changes; instead, it refuses to establish the 6th PDU session, or releases one of the first 5 PDU sessions. Session, and then establish the sixth PDU session.
  • Fig. 6 illustrates the specific process in which the UE learns the first parameter and establishes a PDU session in the registration process. It can be seen from the description of FIG. 4 that the UE learning the first parameter may also be learned during the establishment of the PDU session. In the following, in conjunction with FIG. 8, it will be described in detail that the UE learns the above-mentioned first parameter and establishes the PDU session during the PDU session establishment process.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of another session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device obtains the above-mentioned first parameter during the PDU session establishment phase, and determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that it can establish.
  • S610 The UE sends a registration request message to the AMF.
  • the registration request message may be a registration request message in the initial registration, mobile update registration, or periodic registration process. This application does not limit this.
  • the AMF obtains the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN. This information can be included in the UE subscription data and sent by the UDM to the AMF. It should be understood that if it is not included in the subscription data, it can also be obtained from the AMF local policy, and then the AMF informs the terminal through the newly added IE.
  • the AMF itself buffers the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
  • S610 and S620 are the registration procedures of the terminal device, which have been explained in FIG. 2 and will not be detailed here.
  • the AMF sends a registration reception message to the UE.
  • S640 The UE establishes a PDU session.
  • a PDU session is established in the communication system.
  • the UE does not know the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN at this time.
  • the UE can only learn the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE. Then the UE cannot accurately determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that it can establish when establishing a PDU session. It can only be estimated based on the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE. The maximum number of PDU sessions.
  • UE sends PDU session establishment request message to AMF -AMF forwards PDU session establishment request message to SMF -UPF domain SMF exchange signaling, establishes PDU session -SMF sends PDU session establishment reception message to AMF -AMF forwards PDU session establishment reception message to UE .
  • S650 The UE simultaneously initiates a multiple PDU session establishment request message.
  • the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN buffered by the AMF in S620 is 5.
  • the UE After the UE has established a 4-way PDU session, it simultaneously initiates the fifth and sixth PDU session establishment requests. Since the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN learned by the AMF is 5, when the AMF receives the 5th and 6th PDU session establishment request messages, it is determined that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN has been reached , Will feed back the PDU session establishment rejection message (reason code #65).
  • the AMF sends a PDU session establishment rejection message to the UE.
  • An IE is added to the PDU session establishment rejection message, and the IE is used to indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN.
  • the PDU session establishment rejection message (reason code #65) is similar to the registration reception message shown in FIG. 7.
  • the reason code #65 in this application is different from the existing reason code #65 in that IE is added.
  • the original information in the newly added IE and the reason code #65 are carried in the reason code #65, and the specific position of the newly added IE in the reason code #65 is not limited.
  • the original information refers to the information included in the existing reason code #65, which is not involved in this application, so it will not be repeated.
  • S670 The UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established.
  • the UE After receiving the PDU session establishment rejection message, the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN based on the newly added IE in the PDU session establishment rejection message.
  • the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established based on the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE, and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
  • the newly added IE in S660 occupies 4 bytes, indicating that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under PLMN is 5, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol is 16, and the maximum PDU session actually supported by the UE The number value is 6.
  • S680 The UE determines whether to establish a PDU session again.
  • the UE Before establishing a PDU session again, the UE needs to determine whether it is within the range of the number of allowed PDU sessions to be established.
  • the UE determines that the number of established PDU sessions does not exceed the allowed number of PDU sessions, the UE initiates the PDU session establishment process; if the UE determines that the number of established PDU sessions is equal to the allowed establishment The number of PDU sessions.
  • the UE chooses to refuse to establish a PDU session or to establish a new PDU session that needs to be established through an appropriate established PDU session.
  • the session establishment process shown in FIG. 8 ends.
  • the UE judges that the number of PDU sessions that can be established is 5, and after the UE successfully establishes a 4-way PDU session, when there are 5th and 6th PDU sessions to be established, since the UE knows that the number of PDU sessions that can be established is 5.
  • the UE directly initiates the fifth PDU session establishment request, and for the sixth PDU session, the UE does not need to blindly try to establish the sixth PDU session again without making any changes; instead, it refuses to establish the sixth PDU session. Or, release one of the first five PDU sessions, and then establish a sixth PDU session.
  • the indication of initiating a multiple PDU session shown in S650 is an example.
  • the reason code #65 fed back by the AMF may still carry the aforementioned IE.
  • the UE initiates a multi-channel PDU session establishment request after receiving the reason code #65, the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established may be wrong.
  • the UE initiates multiple PDU sessions at the same time by adding an IE to the reason code #65, it indicates the maximum number of PDU sessions that the UE supports under the PLMN.
  • the newly added IE accurately determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that the UE is allowed to establish.
  • the method for establishing a session provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied in a load transfer scenario when a different system is switched.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device is in the LTE system, and without the N26 interface, the network device in the LTE system triggers the terminal device to switch to the 5G system from another system.
  • S710 The UE implements handover between different systems.
  • the UE sends a registration request message to the AMF.
  • the UE initiates the registration process in the 5G system.
  • the AMF obtains the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN. This information can be included in the UE subscription data and sent by the UDM to the AMF. It should be understood that if it is not included in the subscription data, it can also be obtained from the AMF local policy, and then the AMF informs the terminal through the newly added IE.
  • the AMF itself buffers the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
  • the AMF sends a registration reception message to the UE.
  • An IE is added to the registration reception message, and the IE is used to indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN. It is similar to the registration reception message shown in S530 in FIG. 6, and will not be repeated here.
  • S750 The UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established.
  • the UE After receiving the registration reception message, the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN based on the newly added IE in the registration reception message.
  • the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established based on the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE, and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
  • S760 The UE transfers the PDU session.
  • the UE transfers the PDU session established in the LTE system to the 5G system.
  • the UE selects which PDU sessions to transfer according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established.
  • the UE directly executes S770 to establish PDU sessions; or,
  • the UE selects the PDU sessions that meet the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by the UE, and executes S770 to establish a PDU session.
  • the UE determines that the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established is 5, and the number of PDU sessions established by the UE in the LTE system is 10. Then, the UE selects 5 PDU sessions among the 10 PDU sessions to transfer to the 5G system.
  • S770 The UE establishes a PDU session.
  • S780 The UE determines whether to establish a PDU session.
  • the UE Before establishing a PDU session again, the UE needs to determine whether it is within the range of the number of allowed PDU sessions to be established.
  • the UE determines that the number of established PDU sessions does not exceed the allowed number of PDU sessions, the UE initiates the PDU session establishment process; if the UE determines that the number of established PDU sessions is equal to the allowed establishment The number of PDU sessions.
  • the UE chooses to refuse to establish a PDU session, or to establish a new PDU session to be established by releasing the established PDU session.
  • Figure 9 shows the process of establishing a PDU session by the UE when there is a handover between different systems and there is no N26 interface. The following briefly explains how the UE establishes a PDU session after a different system handover when there is N26 with reference to FIG. 10.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of yet another session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device is in the LTE system, and when there is an N26 interface, the network device in the LTE system triggers the terminal device to switch to the 5G system from another system.
  • S810 The UE implements handover between different systems.
  • PDU session recovery refers to the PDU session that the UE will establish in the LTE system and directly transfer to the 5G system through the N26 interface.
  • S820 The UE sends a registration request message to the AMF.
  • the UE initiates the registration process in the 5G system. Specifically, the UE carries the active PDU session status (PDU session status) in the registration request message and sends it to the AMF.
  • PDU session status active PDU session status
  • the AMF obtains the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN. This information can be included in the UE subscription data and sent by the UDM to the AMF. It should be understood that if it is not included in the subscription data, it can also be obtained from the AMF local policy, and then the AMF informs the terminal through the newly added IE.
  • the AMF itself buffers the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
  • S840 The AMF determines whether the PDU session needs to be released.
  • AMF judges whether the number of activated PDU sessions carried by the UE in the registration request message exceeds the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN. If it exceeds the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN, AMF triggers the network side to release the PDU sessions locally to ensure the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN Limit on the number of PDU sessions.
  • the AMF sends a registration reception message to the UE.
  • An IE (PLMN’s maximum allowed number of PDU session) is added to the registration reception message. This IE is used to indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN and the PDU session status of the final active state (PDU session status).
  • the newly added IE#1 is used to indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN; the newly added IE#2 is used to indicate the PDU session information in the active state.
  • S860 The UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established.
  • the UE After receiving the registration reception message, the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN based on the newly added IE in the registration reception message.
  • the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established based on the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE, and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
  • the UE receives the IE indicating the PDU session information in the active state in the registration message according to the registration. Perform local deactivation to ensure that the number of PDU sessions in the 5G system meets the maximum number of PDU sessions that the UE is allowed to establish after the conversion of different systems.
  • S880 The UE determines whether to create a new PDU session in the 5G system.
  • the UE Before establishing a PDU session again in the 5G system, the UE needs to determine whether it is within the range of the number of allowed PDU sessions to be established.
  • the UE determines that the number of active PDU sessions does not exceed the number of allowed PDU sessions, the UE initiates the PDU session establishment process; if the UE determines that the number of active PDU sessions is equal to The number of PDU sessions allowed to be established, and the UE chooses to refuse to establish a PDU session, or to establish a new PDU session to be established by releasing the active PDU session.
  • the method for establishing a session and the application of the method for establishing a session provided by the embodiments of the present application are described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 3-10.
  • the following describes in detail the terminal device provided by the embodiments of the present application with reference to FIGS. 11-14 , Access management function network element and data management network element.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the terminal device 10 proposed in the present application.
  • the device 10 includes a processor 110 and a memory 120
  • the terminal device 10 completely corresponds to the terminal device in the method embodiment, and the terminal device 10 is used to execute the corresponding steps performed by the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 3 to 10.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 20 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 20 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 12 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 20 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is used to control the antenna and the input and output device to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory to execute the corresponding process and/or executed by the terminal device in the communication method proposed in this application. Or operation. I won't repeat them here.
  • FIG. 12 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual terminal devices, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of an access management function network element 100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the access management function network element includes a processor 101, a memory 102, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs Are stored in the memory 102, and when the one or more programs are executed by the processor 101, the access management function network element is caused to perform the following steps: receiving a registration request message sent by a terminal device, and The registration request message is used for the terminal device to request registration to a network belonging to a preset public land mobile communication network PLMN;
  • the first parameter indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN;
  • the access management function network element 100 completely corresponds to the access management function network element in the method embodiment, and the access management function network element 100 is used to execute the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 3-10. The corresponding steps performed by the meta.
  • the access management function network element 100 executes the steps sent in the method embodiment. For example, step 220 of sending the first message to the terminal device in FIG. 3 is performed. It also executes the steps implemented or processed inside the access management function network element in the method embodiment. For example, step 221 of determining the first parameter in FIG. 3 is performed. And perform the steps of access management function network element storage in the method embodiment. For example, step 222 of saving the first parameter in FIG. 3 is executed.
  • the access management function network element 100 further includes a transceiver 103, where instructions or programs are stored in the memory 102; the processor 101 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 102, and the transceiver 103 is configured to perform transceiving operations.
  • the data management network element includes a processor 201, a memory 202, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the In the memory 202, when the one or more programs are executed by the processor 201, the data management network element is caused to perform the following steps: receiving a query message sent by an access management function network element, and the query message is used When querying the first parameter, the first parameter indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device under the preset public land mobile communication network PLMN supports;
  • the data management network element 200 completely corresponds to the data management network element in the method embodiment, and the data management network element 200 is used to execute the corresponding steps performed by the data management network element in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 10.
  • the data management network element 200 executes the steps sent in the method embodiment. For example, step 213 of sending a feedback message to the access management function network element in FIG. 3 is performed.
  • the data management network element 200 further includes a transceiver 203, where instructions or programs are stored in the memory 202; the processor 203 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 202; and the transceiver 203 is configured to perform transceiving operations.
  • This embodiment also provides a computer storage medium in which computer instructions are stored.
  • the terminal device When the computer instructions run on a terminal device, the terminal device is caused to execute the above-mentioned related method steps to implement the session establishment in the above-mentioned embodiment. Methods.
  • This embodiment also provides a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned related steps to implement the method for session establishment in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device.
  • the device may specifically be a chip, component, or module.
  • the device may include a connected processor and a memory; wherein the memory is used to store computer execution instructions, and when the device is running
  • the processor can execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the method for session establishment in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of the present invention may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application-specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present invention may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory serial DRAM, SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component
  • the memory storage module
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a method for session establishment and a terminal device. The method for session establishment comprises: the terminal device sends a registration request message to an access management function network element, the registration request message being used for requesting registration into a network belonging to a preset public land mobile network (PLMN); the terminal device receives a first message sent by the access management function network element, the first message carrying a first parameter, and the first parameter indicating the maximum number of PDU sessions supported to be established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN; after the terminal device obtains the first parameter, the terminal device can accurately obtain the maximum number of PDU sessions supported to be established by the terminal device per se under the preset PLMN. By means of the technical solution provided in the present application, the terminal device can accurately obtain the maximum number of PDU sessions supported to be established by the terminal device per se under the preset PLMN, thereby improving the performance of the terminal device in establishing the PDU session.

Description

用于会话建立的方法及终端设备Method and terminal equipment for session establishment 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种用于会话建立的方法及终端设备。This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and terminal device for session establishment.
背景技术Background technique
第五代(5th generation,5G)通信协议中规定,某个终端设备能够建立的分组数据单元(packet date unit,PDU)会话的最大数量是5G通信协议定义的PDU标识(identify,ID)最大数量值、该终端设备注册的核心网络所属公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)下该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值以及该终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值,三者中的最小值。The 5th generation (5G) communication protocol stipulates that the maximum number of packet data unit (PDU) sessions that a terminal device can establish is the maximum number of PDU identifiers (identify, ID) defined by the 5G communication protocol Value, the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the public land mobile network (PLMN) to which the core network registered by the terminal device belongs, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device, among the three Minimum value.
其中,对于终端设备来说上述的5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值是明确的、该终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值也是明确。但是,不同PLMN下该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值终端设备无法准确获知。现有技术中,终端设备在建立PDU会话的过程中如果终端设备在某PLMN下建立的PDU会话数量值的大小,超过运营商规定的PLMN下该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值的大小,网络设备向该终端设备发送指示消息,用于指示PLMN下该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值已经达到。For the terminal device, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol is clear, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is also clear. However, the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under different PLMNs cannot be accurately known by the terminal device. In the prior art, if the terminal device establishes a PDU session under a PLMN during the establishment of a PDU session, the value of the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device exceeds the size of the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN specified by the operator. The network device sends an indication message to the terminal device to indicate that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN has been reached.
由于5G系统中可以同时建立多个PDU会话,在一些情况下可能会发生网络设备发送上述的指示信息时,其实该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值并未达到,从而导致该终端设备确定在某个PLMN下建立的PDU会话数量值存在不准确性,进一步影响该终端设备确定自身能够建立的PDU会话的最大数量。因此,终端设备如何准确获知在某个PLMN下能够建立的PDU会话的数量进行PDU会话建立成为亟待解决的问题。Since multiple PDU sessions can be established in a 5G system at the same time, in some cases, it may happen that when a network device sends the above-mentioned indication information, the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device has not been reached, which causes the terminal device to determine The value of the number of PDU sessions established under a certain PLMN is inaccurate, which further affects the terminal device to determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that it can establish. Therefore, how the terminal device accurately learns the number of PDU sessions that can be established under a certain PLMN to establish PDU sessions has become an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种用于会话建立的方法和终端设备,终端设备通过接收接入管理功能网元发送的用于指示预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量,能够准确获知在某个PLMN下建立的PDU会话数量值。This application provides a method and terminal device for session establishment. The terminal device indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under a preset PLMN by receiving an access management function network element sent by the terminal device. It can accurately know the value of the number of PDU sessions established under a certain PLMN.
第一方面,提供了一种用于会话建立的方法,包括:终端设备向网络侧发送注册请求消息,注册请求消息用于请求注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的网络中;终端设备接收接入管理功能网元发送的第一消息,第一消息中携带第一参数,第一参数指示预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量。In a first aspect, a method for session establishment is provided, including: a terminal device sends a registration request message to the network side, the registration request message is used to request registration to a network belonging to a preset public land mobile communication network PLMN; The device receives the first message sent by the access management function network element, where the first message carries the first parameter, and the first parameter indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,在终端设备注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的核心网时,核心网侧的接入管理功能网元会将指示该预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量的第一参数,携带在第一消息中通知给终端设备。进而,终端设备在接受到第一消息之后,能够准确地获知在注册的核心网所属的预设的PLMN下自身支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of this application, when the terminal device is registered to the core network belonging to the preset public land mobile communication network PLMN, the access management function network element on the core network side will indicate the preset The first parameter of the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device under the PLMN supports to establish is carried in the first message and notified to the terminal device. Furthermore, after receiving the first message, the terminal device can accurately learn the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that it supports under the preset PLMN to which the registered core network belongs.
应理解,上述将指示预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量的指示信息称为第一参数,仅仅是一种举例,不能对本申请的保护范围构成任何限定,凡是能够指示预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量的指示信息均在本申请的保护范围之内。例如,第一参数还可以称之为第一信息、信息元素等。It should be understood that the foregoing indication information indicating the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that can be established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN is called the first parameter, which is only an example and does not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of this application. The indication information indicating the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN are all within the protection scope of this application. For example, the first parameter may also be called first information, information element, and so on.
还应理解,上述将携带第一参数的消息称之为第一消息也仅仅是一种举例,不能对本申请的保护范围构成任何限定,凡是能够携带第一参数的消息均在本申请的保护范围之内。例如,第一消息可以为现有的通信方法流程中终端设备与接入管理功能网元之间的信令,或者,第一消息还可以是为了实现将第一参数通知给终端设备而新增的终端设备与接入管理功能网元之间的信令。It should also be understood that the above-mentioned calling the message carrying the first parameter the first message is only an example, and cannot constitute any limit to the protection scope of this application. Any message that can carry the first parameter falls within the protection scope of this application. within. For example, the first message may be the signaling between the terminal device and the access management function network element in the flow of the existing communication method, or the first message may also be added for notifying the terminal device of the first parameter. The signaling between the terminal equipment and the access management function network element.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,上述的第一参数为预设的PLMN下终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量值,终端设备将第一参数、协议定义的PDU会话标识数量值以及终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值中的最小值确定为终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量;本申请提供的用于会话建立的方法还包括:终端设备根据终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,建立PDU会话。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the above-mentioned first parameter is a preset value of the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device under the PLMN, and the terminal device sets the first parameter and the PDU session defined by the protocol The minimum value of the number of identifiers and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is determined as the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device is allowed to establish; the method for session establishment provided in this application also includes: The maximum number of PDU sessions to establish a PDU session.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,终端设备接收到上述的第一参数之后,可以基于第一参数、协议定义的PDU会话标识数量值以及终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量确定自身允许建立的最大PDU会话数量。并且在后续建立PDU会话的过程中,根据自身允许建立的最大PDU会话数量进行PDU会话建立。由于终端设备能够已知自身允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,因此在建立PDU会话的过程中可以明确自身能够建立的PDU会话数量,无需像无法准确获知自身能够建立的PDU会话数量时,盲目地发起PDU会话建立请求,进而提高建立PDU会话的性能。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of the present application, after the terminal device receives the above-mentioned first parameter, it can be determined based on the first parameter, the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device The maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by itself. And in the subsequent process of establishing a PDU session, the PDU session is established according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by itself. Since the terminal device can know the maximum number of PDU sessions that it is allowed to establish, it can clarify the number of PDU sessions that it can establish during the process of establishing a PDU session. There is no need to initiate blindly when the number of PDU sessions that it can establish cannot be accurately known. PDU session establishment request, thereby improving the performance of establishing PDU session.
应理解,上述的终端设备能够基于第一参数、协议定义的PDU会话标识数量值以及终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量确定自身允许建立的最大PDU会话数量。是因为,第一参数指示预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量,而终端设备在确定自身允许建立的最大PDU会话数量时,是将预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量、协议定义的PDU会话标识数量值以及终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量三者中的最小值确定为自身允许建立的最大PDU会话数量。所以终端设备在接收到第一参数之后,能够准确地确定预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量,而协议定义的PDU会话标识数量值以及终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量是终端设备预先已知的值,进而本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,通过第一参数通知终端设备预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量,能够使得终端设备明确确定自身允许建立的最大PDU会话数量。It should be understood that the aforementioned terminal device can determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that it allows to establish based on the first parameter, the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device. This is because the first parameter indicates the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN, and when the terminal device determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by itself, it is the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN. The minimum of the number of PDU sessions, the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is determined as the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by itself. Therefore, after receiving the first parameter, the terminal device can accurately determine the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN. The number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device are The value known in advance by the terminal device, and then the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of this application, informs the terminal device of the preset maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the PLMN through the first parameter, so that the terminal device can clearly determine The maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by itself.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,终端设备根据终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,建立PDU会话包括:当终端设备已经建立的PDU会话数量的个数等于终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量时,终端设备拒绝建立PDU会话,或者,终端设备释放已经建立的PDU会话中的任意一路PDU会话之后建立PDU会话。In combination with the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the terminal device establishes a PDU session according to the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device allows to establish, including: when the terminal device has established the number of PDU sessions When the number is equal to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device, the terminal device refuses to establish a PDU session, or the terminal device establishes a PDU session after releasing any of the established PDU sessions.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,终端设备在建立PDU会话的过程中, 由于已经明确自身允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,那么在发起PDU会话建立的时候,在自身已经建立的PDU会话数量等于自身允许建立的最大PDU会话数量时,终端设备无需像现有的建立PDU会话方法一样,盲目地发起下一路PDU会话建立请求。而可以拒绝建立下一路的PDU会话,或者是,在已经建立的PDU会话中释放一路PDU会话,使得能够顺利建立该下一路PDU会话。进一步提高建立PDU会话的性能。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of the present application, in the process of establishing a PDU session, the terminal device has already clarified the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by itself, so when initiating the establishment of a PDU session, the terminal device has already established When the number of PDU sessions is equal to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by itself, the terminal device does not need to blindly initiate the next PDU session establishment request like the existing PDU session establishment method. It is possible to refuse to establish the next PDU session, or to release one PDU session in an already established PDU session, so that the next PDU session can be successfully established. Further improve the performance of establishing PDU sessions.
应理解,上述的释放已经建立的PDU会话,应该避免释放紧急业务PDU会话,或者,优先级较高的业务PDU会话。It should be understood that the foregoing release of an established PDU session should avoid releasing an emergency service PDU session, or a service PDU session with a higher priority.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,第一消息为注册接收消息,注册接收消息用于指示终端设备注册成功。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the first message is a registration reception message, and the registration reception message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully registered.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,上述的第一消息可以为终端设备注册流程中接收到的注册接收消息。也就是说本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,接入管理功能网元向终端设备发送的携带第一参数的消息,可以是复用现有的终端设备注册流程中的接入管理功能网元需要向终端设备发送的注册接收消息,无需新增交互信令能够降低资源的开销。According to the method for establishing a session provided by the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first message may be a registration reception message received in the registration process of the terminal device. That is to say, in the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of this application, the message carrying the first parameter sent by the access management function network element to the terminal device may be the reuse of the access management in the existing terminal device registration process The functional network element needs to send the registration reception message to the terminal device without adding new interactive signaling to reduce resource overhead.
应理解,将第一参数携带在注册接收消息中通知终端设备时,第一参数相当于是注册接收消息中新增的信息元素。本申请对于现有技术中注册接收消息中应当携带的信息不再赘述。具体地,第一参数携带在注册接收消息中时,是增加了注册接收消息的消息载荷。It should be understood that when the first parameter is carried in the registration reception message to notify the terminal device, the first parameter is equivalent to a newly added information element in the registration reception message. In this application, the information that should be carried in the registration reception message in the prior art will not be repeated. Specifically, when the first parameter is carried in the registration reception message, the message load of the registration reception message is increased.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,在终端设备向接入管理功能网元发送注册请求消息之前,本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法还包括:终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统,其中,终端设备在第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话数量为M路,M为正整数。In combination with the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, before the terminal device sends the registration request message to the access management function network element, the method for session establishment provided in the embodiment of the present application is It also includes: the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system, wherein the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system is M, and M is a positive integer.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,可以应用于终端设备存在异系统切换的场景中,可以理解为终端设备在第二通信系统发起注册请求消息之前,可以是从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统的,而且在第一通信系统中终端设备也可以建立有PDU会话。也就是说本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,能够应用于异系统切换的场景,提高本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法的应用范围。The method for establishing a session according to the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a scenario where a terminal device has a different system handover. It can be understood that the terminal device may be from the first communication system before the second communication system initiates the registration request message. Switched to the second communication system, and the terminal device in the first communication system can also establish a PDU session. That is to say, the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the scenario of switching between different systems, and the application scope of the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the present application is improved.
应理解,上述的第一通信系统和第二通信系统只是对不同通信系统的一种举例,并不限制本申请的保护范围。It should be understood that the above-mentioned first communication system and second communication system are only examples of different communication systems, and do not limit the protection scope of the present application.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法还包括:第一通信系统与第二通信系统之间存在异系统切换接口时,注册请求消息中携带第一状态指示信息,第一状态指示信息用于指示M路PDU会话转移到第二通信系统后的状态;注册接收消息中携带第二状态指示信息,第二状态指示信息用于指示M路PDU会话中处于激活状态的N路PDU会话,N为小于或者等M的正整数;终端设备根据第二状态指示信息,确定N路PDU会话为激活状态。In combination with the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners of the first aspect, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the method for establishing a session provided in an embodiment of the present application further includes: there is a difference between the first communication system and the second communication system. When the system switches the interface, the registration request message carries the first status indication information, the first status indication information is used to indicate the status after the M-channel PDU session is transferred to the second communication system; the registration reception message carries the second status indication information, The second state indication information is used to indicate the N PDU sessions in the active state among the M PDU sessions, and N is a positive integer less than or equal to M; the terminal device determines that the N PDU sessions are in the active state according to the second state indication information.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,若是终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统的过程中,在第一通信系统与第二通信系统之间存在异系统切换接口。那么终端设备在第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话可以通过该异系统切换接口直接转移到第二通信系统中,也就是说针对终端设备在第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话,终端设备无需在第二通信系统中再次发起PDU会话建立流程。但是,终端设备在第二通信系统中发起 注册流程时,需要将从第一通信系统转移到第二通信系统中的多路PDU会话的状态信息通知给第二通信系统中的接入管理功能网元。接入管理功能网元获知该多路PDU会话的状态之后,根据该终端设备在预设的PLMN下支持建立的最大PDU会话数量确定该多路PDU会话中哪些PDU会话能够在第二通信系统中处于激活状态,进而将能够在第二通信系统中处于激活状态的PDU会话信息通知给终端设备。使得终端设备在异系统切换之后,能够明确从第一通信系统中转移到第二通信系统中的多路PDU会话中处于激活状态的PDU会话,为第一通信系统与第二通信系统之间存在异系统切换接口,并且终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统提供PDU会话建立的方案。结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,第一消息为PDU会话建立拒绝消息,PDU会话建立拒绝消息用于拒绝建立PDU会话,本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法还包括:终端设备向接入管理功能网元发送至少一路PDU会话建立请求消息。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of the present application, if the terminal device is switched from the first communication system to the second communication system, there is a different system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system. Then the PDU session established by the terminal device in the first communication system can be directly transferred to the second communication system through the different system switching interface. That is to say, for the PDU session established by the terminal device in the first communication system, the terminal device does not need to In the second communication system, the PDU session establishment process is initiated again. However, when the terminal device initiates the registration process in the second communication system, it needs to notify the access management function network in the second communication system of the status information of the multiple PDU session transferred from the first communication system to the second communication system. yuan. After the access management function network element learns the status of the multiple PDU session, it determines which PDU sessions in the multiple PDU session can be in the second communication system according to the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports under the preset PLMN. In the active state, the terminal device is notified of the PDU session information that can be in the active state in the second communication system. After the terminal device is switched between the different systems, it is clear that the active PDU session among the multiple PDU sessions transferred from the first communication system to the second communication system is the existence between the first communication system and the second communication system. The different system switches the interface, and the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system to provide a solution for PDU session establishment. In combination with the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message, and the PDU session establishment rejection message is used to refuse to establish a PDU session. The embodiment of this application provides The method for session establishment further includes: the terminal device sends at least one PDU session establishment request message to the access management function network element.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,上述的第一消息可以为终端设备建立PDU会话流程中接收到的PDU会话建立拒绝消息。也就是说本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,接入管理功能网元向终端设备发送的携带第一参数的消息,可以是复用现有的终端设备建立PDU会话流程中的接入管理功能网元可能向终端设备发送的PDU会话建立拒绝消息,无需新增交互信令能够降低资源的开销。According to the method for session establishment provided in the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first message may be a PDU session establishment rejection message received in the process of establishing a PDU session by the terminal device. That is to say, in the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of this application, the message carrying the first parameter sent by the access management function network element to the terminal device may be the connection in the process of establishing a PDU session by the existing terminal device. The PDU session establishment rejection message that the access management function network element may send to the terminal device can reduce resource overhead without adding new interactive signaling.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,PDU会话建立拒绝消息包括:下行非接入层直传拒绝5G大规模多输入多输出5GMM原因编码#65。In combination with the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the PDU session establishment rejection message includes: the downlink non-access layer direct transmission rejection 5G large-scale multiple input multiple output 5GMM reason code #65.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,上述的PDU会话建立拒绝消息可以是现有的用于指示最大PDU会话数量已到达的,下行非接入层直传拒绝5G大规模多输入多输出5GMM原因编码#65。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of this application, the aforementioned PDU session establishment rejection message may be an existing one used to indicate that the maximum number of PDU sessions has reached, and the downlink non-access layer direct transmission rejects 5G large-scale multi-input Multiple output 5GMM reason code #65.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法还包括:终端设备接收接入管理网元发送的更新消息,更新消息中携带第二参数,第二参数为第一参数发生变化之后的参数。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners of the first aspect, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the method for establishing a session provided in an embodiment of the present application further includes: a terminal device receives an update message sent by an access management network element, The update message carries the second parameter, and the second parameter is the parameter after the first parameter changes.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,在上述的预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量发生变化时,也就是说用于指示的该预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的第一参数变化为第二参数时。接入管理网元可以通过更新消息通知终端设备,使得终端设备能够及时获知预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的变化,进而准确及时地确定自身允许建立的最大PDU会话数量。能够提高终端设备确定预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的准确性。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN changes, that is to say, the terminal device under the preset PLMN is used to indicate When the first parameter that supports the maximum number of PDU sessions to be established is changed to the second parameter. The access management network element can notify the terminal device through an update message, so that the terminal device can timely know the change of the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports under the preset PLMN, and then accurately and timely determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that it allows to establish. The accuracy of the terminal device in determining the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN can be improved.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量为运营商根据终端设备的签约数据,为终端设备定制的。Combining the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is customized for the terminal device by the operator according to the contract data of the terminal device of.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,上述的预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量可以是运营商根据终端设备的签约数据,为终端设备定制的,也就是说本申请实施例提出一种能够专门针对不同的终端设备不同的PLMN,确定PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的可能方案。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of this application, the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN can be customized by the operator for the terminal device according to the contract data of the terminal device, that is to say The embodiment of the present application proposes a possible solution that can specifically determine the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the PLMN for different PLMNs of different terminal devices.
第二方面,提供了一种用于会话建立的方法,其特征在于,包括:接入管理功能网元 接收终端设备发送的注册请求消息,注册请求消息用于终端设备请求注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的网络中;接入管理功能网元确定第一参数,第一参数指示在预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量;接入管理功能网元保存第一参数;接入管理功能网元向终端设备发送第一消息,第一消息中携带第一参数。In a second aspect, a method for session establishment is provided, which is characterized in that it includes: an access management function network element receives a registration request message sent by a terminal device, and the registration request message is used for the terminal device to request registration to a preset In the network of the public land mobile communication network PLMN; the access management function network element determines the first parameter, and the first parameter indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports under the preset PLMN; the access management function network element The first parameter is saved; the access management function network element sends a first message to the terminal device, and the first message carries the first parameter.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,在终端设备请求注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的核心网时,核心网侧的接入管理功能网元会将指示该预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量的第一参数,携带在第一消息中通知给终端设备,并且在接入管理功能网元本地接入管理功能网元会将该第一参数保存下来。进而,终端设备在接受到第一消息之后,能够准确地获知在注册的核心网所属的预设的PLMN下自身支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of the present application, when a terminal device requests to register to a core network belonging to a preset public land mobile communication network PLMN, the access management function network element on the core network side will indicate the preset It is assumed that the first parameter of the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device under the PLMN supports to establish is carried in the first message and notified to the terminal device, and the local access management function network element in the access management function network element will The first parameter is saved. Furthermore, after receiving the first message, the terminal device can accurately learn the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that it supports under the preset PLMN to which the registered core network belongs.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的另一种实现方式中,第一消息为注册接收消息,注册接收消息用于指示终端设备注册成功。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the second aspect, the first message is a registration reception message, and the registration reception message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully registered.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,上述的第一消息可以为终端设备注册流程中,接入管理功能网元向终端设备发送的注册接收消息。也就是说本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,接入管理功能网元向终端设备发送的携带第一参数的消息,可以是复用现有的终端设备注册流程中的接入管理功能网元需要向终端设备发送的注册接收消息,无需新增交互信令能够降低资源的开销。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first message may be a registration reception message sent by the access management function network element to the terminal device in the terminal device registration process. That is to say, in the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of this application, the message carrying the first parameter sent by the access management function network element to the terminal device may be the reuse of the access management in the existing terminal device registration process The functional network element needs to send the registration reception message to the terminal device without adding new interactive signaling to reduce resource overhead.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的另一种实现方式中,注册请求消息中携带第一状态指示信息,第一状态指示信息用于指示M路PDU会话的状态,其中,M路PDU会话为终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统时,终端设备在第一通信系统中建立的、并转移到第二通信系统中的PDU会话数量;本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法还包括:接入管理功能网元根据第一参数确定M路PDU会话中处于激活状态的N路PDU会话;注册接收消息中携带第二状态指示信息,第二状态指示信息用于N路PDU会话,M为正整数,N为小于或者等M的正整数。In combination with the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manners of the second aspect, in another implementation manner of the second aspect, the registration request message carries first status indication information, and the first status indication information is used to indicate the status of the M-channel PDU session, where: The M-channel PDU session is the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system and transferred to the second communication system when the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system; this embodiment provides The method for session establishment further includes: the access management function network element determines the active N PDU sessions in the M PDU session according to the first parameter; the registration reception message carries the second state indication information and the second state indication information Used for N-way PDU sessions, M is a positive integer, and N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,若是终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统的过程中,在第一通信系统与第二通信系统之间存在异系统切换接口。那么终端设备在第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话可以通过该异系统切换接口直接转移到第二通信系统中,也就是说针对终端设备在第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话,终端设备无需在第二通信系统中再次发起PDU会话建立流程。但是,终端设备在第二通信系统中发起注册流程时,需要将从第一通信系统转移到第二通信系统中的多路PDU会话的状态信息通知给第二通信系统中的接入管理功能网元。接入管理功能网元获知该多路PDU会话的状态之后,根据该终端设备在预设的PLMN下支持建立的最大PDU会话数量确定该多路PDU会话中哪些PDU会话能够在第二通信系统中处于激活状态,进而将能够在第二通信系统中处于激活状态的PDU会话信息通知给终端设备。使得终端设备在异系统切换之后,能够明确从第一通信系统中转移到第二通信系统中的多路PDU会话中处于激活状态的PDU会话,为第一通信系统与第二通信系统之间存在异系统切换接口,并且终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统提供PDU会话建立的方案。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of the present application, if the terminal device is switched from the first communication system to the second communication system, there is a different system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system. Then the PDU session established by the terminal device in the first communication system can be directly transferred to the second communication system through the different system switching interface. That is to say, for the PDU session established by the terminal device in the first communication system, the terminal device does not need to In the second communication system, the PDU session establishment process is initiated again. However, when the terminal device initiates the registration process in the second communication system, it needs to notify the access management function network in the second communication system of the status information of the multiple PDU session transferred from the first communication system to the second communication system. yuan. After the access management function network element learns the status of the multiple PDU session, it determines which PDU sessions in the multiple PDU session can be in the second communication system according to the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports under the preset PLMN. In the active state, the terminal device is notified of the PDU session information that can be in the active state in the second communication system. After the terminal device is switched between the different systems, it is clear that the active PDU session among the multiple PDU sessions transferred from the first communication system to the second communication system is the existence between the first communication system and the second communication system. The different system switches the interface, and the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system to provide a solution for PDU session establishment.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的另一种实现方式中,第一消息为PDU 会话建立拒绝消息,PDU会话建立拒绝消息用于拒绝建立PDU会话,方法还包括:接入管理功能网元接收终端设备发送的至少一路PDU会话建立请求消息。In combination with the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manners of the second aspect, in another implementation manner of the second aspect, the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message, the PDU session establishment rejection message is used to refuse to establish a PDU session, and the method further includes: access The management function network element receives at least one PDU session establishment request message sent by the terminal device.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,上述的第一消息可以为终端设备建立PDU会话流程中,接入管理功能网元向终端设备发送的PDU会话建立拒绝消息。也就是说本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,接入管理功能网元向终端设备发送的携带第一参数的消息,可以是复用现有的终端设备建立PDU会话流程中的接入管理功能网元可能向终端设备发送的PDU会话建立拒绝消息,无需新增交互信令能够降低资源的开销。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first message may be a PDU session establishment rejection message sent by the access management function network element to the terminal device in the process of establishing a PDU session by the terminal device. That is to say, in the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of this application, the message carrying the first parameter sent by the access management function network element to the terminal device may be the connection in the process of establishing a PDU session by the existing terminal device. The PDU session establishment rejection message that the access management function network element may send to the terminal device can reduce resource overhead without adding new interactive signaling.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的另一种实现方式中,PDU会话建立拒绝消息包括:下行非接入层直传拒绝5G大规模多输入多输出5GMM原因编码#65。In combination with the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the second aspect, the PDU session establishment rejection message includes: the downlink non-access layer direct transmission rejects 5G large-scale multiple input multiple output 5GMM reason code #65.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,上述的PDU会话建立拒绝消息可以是现有的用于指示最大PDU会话数量已到达的,下行非接入层直传拒绝5G大规模多输入多输出5GMM原因编码#65。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of this application, the aforementioned PDU session establishment rejection message may be an existing one used to indicate that the maximum number of PDU sessions has reached, and the downlink non-access layer direct transmission rejects 5G large-scale multi-input Multiple output 5GMM reason code #65.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的另一种实现方式中,接入管理功能网元确定第一参数包括:接入管理功能网元向数据管理网元发送查询消息,查询消息用于查询第一参数;接入管理功能网元接收数据管理网元发送的反馈消息,反馈消息中包括第一参数;或者,接入管理功能网元基于本地策略确定第一参数。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the second aspect, the access management function network element determining the first parameter includes: the access management function network element sends a query message to the data management network element to query The message is used to query the first parameter; the access management function network element receives a feedback message sent by the data management network element, and the feedback message includes the first parameter; or the access management function network element determines the first parameter based on a local policy.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,接入管理功能网元确定第一参数可以是从数据管理网元查询得到的,也可以是根据接入管理功能网元本地策略确定的。为接入管理功能网元确定第一参数提供不同的方案,使得接入管理功能网元能够根据不同的情况灵活选择能够确定第一参数的方案。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the present application, the first parameter determined by the access management function network element may be obtained by querying the data management network element, or may be determined according to the local policy of the access management function network element. Different solutions are provided for the access management function network element to determine the first parameter, so that the access management function network element can flexibly select a solution capable of determining the first parameter according to different situations.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的另一种实现方式中,查询消息为接入鉴权消息;反馈消息为终端设备的签约数据。In combination with the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the second aspect, the query message is an access authentication message; the feedback message is the subscription data of the terminal device.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,接入管理功能网元从数据管理网元查询得到第一参数的流程,可以是在现有的接入鉴权流程中实现的。即能够复用现有的接入管理功能网元与数据管理网元之间的交互信令,节省了资源开销。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the present application, the process of the access management function network element querying the data management network element to obtain the first parameter may be implemented in the existing access authentication process. That is, it is possible to reuse the existing interactive signaling between the access management function network element and the data management network element, saving resource overhead.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的另一种实现方式中,方法还包括:接入管理网元向终端设备发送更新消息,更新消息中携带第二参数,第二参数为第一参数发生变化之后的参数。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: the access management network element sends an update message to the terminal device, the update message carries a second parameter, and the second parameter is The parameter after the first parameter has changed.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,在上述的预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量发生变化时,也就是说用于指示的该预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的第一参数变化为第二参数时。接入管理网元可以通过更新消息通知终端设备,使得终端设备能够及时获知预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的变化,进而准确及时地确定自身允许建立的最大PDU会话数量。能够提高终端设备确定预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的准确性。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN changes, that is to say, the terminal device under the preset PLMN is used to indicate When the first parameter that supports the maximum number of PDU sessions to be established is changed to the second parameter. The access management network element can notify the terminal device through an update message, so that the terminal device can timely know the change of the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports under the preset PLMN, and then accurately and timely determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that it allows to establish. The accuracy of the terminal device in determining the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN can be improved.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的另一种实现方式中,预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量为运营商根据终端设备的签约数据,为终端设备定制的。In combination with the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the second aspect, the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is customized for the terminal device by the operator according to the contract data of the terminal device of.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,上述的预设的PLMN下终端设备支 持建立的最大PDU会话数量可以是运营商根据终端设备的签约数据,为终端设备定制的,也就是说本申请实施例提出一种能够专门针对不同的终端设备不同的PLMN,确定PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的可能方案。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of this application, the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN can be customized by the operator for the terminal device according to the contract data of the terminal device, that is to say The embodiment of the present application proposes a possible solution that can specifically determine the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the PLMN for different PLMNs of different terminal devices.
第三方面,提供了一种用于会话建立的方法,其特征在于,包括:数据管理网元接收接入管理功能网元发送的查询消息,查询消息用于查询第一参数,第一参数指示预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量;数据管理网元向接入管理功能网元发送反馈消息,反馈消息中携带第一参数。In a third aspect, a method for session establishment is provided, which is characterized in that it includes: a data management network element receiving a query message sent by an access management function network element, the query message is used to query a first parameter, and the first parameter indicates The preset maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions established by the terminal equipment under the public land mobile communication network PLMN; the data management network element sends a feedback message to the access management function network element, and the feedback message carries the first parameter.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,数据管理网元在接收到接入管理功能网元发送的查询消息之后,能够将指示预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的第一参数携带在反馈消息中通知给接入管理功能网元,即本申请实施例中明确了数据管理网元能够实现通知接入管理功能网元预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的功能。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of the present application, after receiving the query message sent by the access management function network element, the data management network element can indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device under the preset PLMN supports to establish The first parameter is carried in the feedback message and notified to the access management function network element, that is, in the embodiment of this application, it is clear that the data management network element can realize the notification that the access management function network element can realize the maximum supported establishment of terminal equipment under the PLMN preset by the access management function network element. The function of the number of PDU sessions.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式,在第三方面的另一种实现方式中,查询消息为接入鉴权消息;反馈消息为终端设备的签约数据。In combination with the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the third aspect, the query message is an access authentication message; the feedback message is subscription data of the terminal device.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,数据管理网元向接入管理功能网元反馈第一参数的流程,可以是在现有的接入鉴权流程中实现的。即能够复用现有的接入管理功能网元与数据管理网元之间的交互信令,节省了资源开销。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the present application, the process of the data management network element feeding back the first parameter to the access management function network element may be implemented in the existing access authentication process. That is, it is possible to reuse the existing interactive signaling between the access management function network element and the data management network element, saving resource overhead.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式,在第三方面的另一种实现方式中,预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量为运营商根据终端设备的签约数据,为终端设备定制的。In combination with the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the third aspect, the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is customized for the terminal device by the operator according to the contract data of the terminal device of.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,上述的预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量可以是运营商根据终端设备的签约数据,为终端设备定制的,也就是说本申请实施例提出一种能够专门针对不同的终端设备不同的PLMN,确定PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的可能方案。According to the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of this application, the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN can be customized by the operator for the terminal device according to the contract data of the terminal device, that is to say The embodiment of the present application proposes a possible solution that can specifically determine the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the PLMN for different PLMNs of different terminal devices.
第四方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括:一个或多个处理器;存储器;多个应用程序;以及一个或多个程序,其中一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中,当一个或者多个程序被处理器执行时,使得终端设备执行以下步骤:向接入管理功能网元发送注册请求消息,所述注册请求消息用于请求注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的网络中;接收所述接入管理功能网元发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中携带第一参数,所述第一参数指示所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量。第五方面,提供一种终端设备,该终端设备包括处理器和收发器。其中,该处理器和收发器之间通过内部连接通路互相通信。In a fourth aspect, a terminal device is provided, including: one or more processors; memory; multiple application programs; and one or more programs, wherein one or more programs are stored in the memory, and when one or more When each program is executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps: send a registration request message to the access management function network element, the registration request message is used to request registration to a network belonging to the preset public land mobile communication network PLMN Receiving a first message sent by the access management function network element, the first message carrying a first parameter, the first parameter indicating the maximum packet data that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN The number of unit PDU sessions. In a fifth aspect, a terminal device is provided. The terminal device includes a processor and a transceiver. Among them, the processor and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:基于所述第一参数、协议定义的PDU会话标识数量值以及所述终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值确定为所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量;根据所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,建立PDU会话。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, when the one or more programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to execute the following steps: The first parameter, the value of the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol and the value of the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device are determined as the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device; according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device Quantity, establish PDU session.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,根据所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,建立PDU会话包括:当所述终端设备已经建立的PDU 会话数量的个数等于所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量时,所述终端设备拒绝建立所述PDU会话,或者,所述终端设备释放已经建立的PDU会话中的任意一路PDU会话之后建立所述PDU会话。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, establishing a PDU session according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device includes: when the terminal device has established a PDU session When the number is equal to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device, the terminal device refuses to establish the PDU session, or the terminal device releases any of the established PDU sessions and then establishes all PDU sessions. The PDU session.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一消息为注册接收消息,所述注册接收消息用于指示所述终端设备注册成功。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners thereof, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first message is a registration reception message, and the registration reception message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully registered.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,在向所述接入管理功能网元发送注册请求消息之前,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统,其中,所述终端设备在所述第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话数量为M路,M为正整数。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, before sending a registration request message to the access management function network element, when the one or more programs are processed by the When the device is executed, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps: switching from the first communication system to the second communication system, wherein the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system is M, and M is Positive integer.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一通信系统与所述第二通信系统之间存在异系统切换接口时,所述注册请求消息中携带第一状态指示信息,所述第一状态指示信息用于指示所述M路PDU会话转移到第二通信系统后的状态;所述注册接收消息中携带第二状态指示信息,所述第二状态指示信息用于指示所述M路PDU会话中处于激活状态的N路PDU会话,N为小于或者等M的正整数;当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:所述终端设备根据所述第二状态指示信息,确定所述N路PDU会话为激活状态。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, when a different system switching interface exists between the first communication system and the second communication system, the registration request message Carrying first status indication information, the first status indication information is used to indicate the status of the M-way PDU session after it is transferred to the second communication system; the registration reception message carries second status indication information, the second The status indication information is used to indicate the active N PDU sessions in the M PDU session, where N is a positive integer less than or equal to M; when the one or more programs are executed by the processor, all The terminal device performs the following steps: the terminal device determines that the N-way PDU session is in an active state according to the second state indication information.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一通信系统与所述第二通信系统之间不存在异系统切换接口时,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:根据所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,确定所述M路PDU会话中能够在所述第二通信系统中建立的N路PDU会话,所述N为小于或者等M的正整数。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, when there is no different system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system, when the one or When multiple programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps: according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device, it is determined that the M-channel PDU session can be used in the second communication system For the established N PDU sessions, the N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一消息为PDU会话建立拒绝消息,所述PDU会话建立拒绝消息用于拒绝建立PDU会话,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:向所述接入管理功能网元发送至少一路PDU会话建立请求消息。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message, and the PDU session establishment rejection message is used to refuse to establish a PDU session. When the one or more programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps: send at least one PDU session establishment request message to the access management function network element.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:接收所述接入管理网元发送的更新消息,所述更新消息中携带第二参数,所述第二参数为所述第一参数发生变化之后的参数。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners thereof, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, when the one or more programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps: receiving the An update message sent by an access management network element, where the update message carries a second parameter, and the second parameter is a parameter after the first parameter changes.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量为运营商根据终端设备的签约数据,为终端设备定制的。In combination with the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is customized for the terminal device by the operator according to the contract data of the terminal device of.
第五方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述程序被处理器执行时实现第一方面或第一方面的任一方面的可能实现方式中的方法。In a fifth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, the method in the first aspect or any of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect is implemented.
第六方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码被终端设备的通信单元、处理单元或收发器、处理器运行时,使得终端设备执行上述第一方面的方法。In a sixth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: computer program code. When the computer program code is executed by the communication unit, processing unit or transceiver, or processor of a terminal device, the terminal device executes the foregoing The first method.
第七方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括:处理器,用于支持终端设备实现上述第一方面的方法。In a seventh aspect, a chip system is provided, including a processor, configured to support a terminal device to implement the method of the first aspect.
第八方面,提供一种接入管理功能网元,包括:一个或多个处理器;存储器;多个应用程序;以及一个或多个程序,其中一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中,当一个或者多个程序被处理器执行时,使得接入管理功能网元执行以下步骤:接收终端设备发送的注册请求消息,所述注册请求消息用于所述终端设备请求注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的网络中;确定第一参数,所述第一参数指示在所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量;保存所述第一参数;向所述终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中携带所述第一参数。In an eighth aspect, an access management function network element is provided, including: one or more processors; a memory; multiple application programs; and one or more programs, wherein one or more programs are stored in the memory, when When one or more programs are executed by the processor, the access management function network element causes the access management function network element to perform the following steps: receiving a registration request message sent by a terminal device, where the registration request message is used by the terminal device to request registration to a preset public In the network of the land mobile communication network PLMN; determine a first parameter, the first parameter indicating the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN; save the first parameter; Send a first message to the terminal device, where the first message carries the first parameter.
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,第一消息为注册接收消息,注册接收消息用于指示终端设备注册成功。With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first message is a registration reception message, and the registration reception message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully registered.
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,注册请求消息中携带第一状态指示信息,第一状态指示信息用于指示M路PDU会话的状态,其中,M路PDU会话为终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统时,终端设备在第一通信系统中建立的、并转移到第二通信系统中的PDU会话数量;当一个或者多个程序被处理器执行时,使得接入管理功能网元执行以下步骤:根据第一参数确定M路PDU会话中处于激活状态的N路PDU会话;注册接收消息中携带第二状态指示信息,第二状态指示信息用于N路PDU会话,M为正整数,N为小于或者等M的正整数。With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the registration request message carries first status indication information, and the first status indication information is used to indicate the status of the M-channel PDU session, where: M-channel PDU session refers to the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system and transferred to the second communication system when the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system; when one or more programs When executed by the processor, the access management function network element is caused to perform the following steps: determine the active N PDU session in the M PDU session according to the first parameter; the registration reception message carries the second state indication information, the second state The indication information is used for N PDU sessions, M is a positive integer, and N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,第一消息为PDU会话建立拒绝消息,PDU会话建立拒绝消息用于拒绝建立PDU会话,当一个或者多个程序被处理器执行时,使得接入管理功能网元执行以下步骤:接收终端设备发送的至少一路PDU会话建立请求消息。In combination with the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message, and the PDU session establishment rejection message is used to refuse to establish a PDU session, when one or more programs When executed by the processor, the access management function network element is caused to perform the following steps: receiving at least one PDU session establishment request message sent by the terminal device.
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,PDU会话建立拒绝消息包括:下行非接入层直传拒绝5G大规模多输入多输出5GMM原因编码#65。With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the PDU session establishment rejection message includes: the downlink non-access layer direct transmission rejects 5G large-scale multiple input multiple output 5GMM reason code #65.
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,确定第一参数包括:向数据管理网元发送查询消息,查询消息用于查询第一参数;接收数据管理网元发送的反馈消息,反馈消息中包括第一参数;或者,基于本地策略确定第一参数。With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners of the eighth aspect, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, determining the first parameter includes: sending a query message to a data management network element, where the query message is used to query the first parameter; and receiving the data management network The feedback message sent by the meta, the feedback message includes the first parameter; or the first parameter is determined based on a local policy.
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,查询消息为接入鉴权消息;反馈消息为终端设备的签约数据。With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the query message is an access authentication message; the feedback message is the subscription data of the terminal device.
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,当一个或者多个程序被处理器执行时,使得接入管理功能网元执行以下步骤:向终端设备发送更新消息,更新消息中携带第二参数,第二参数为第一参数发生变化之后的参数。With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, when one or more programs are executed by the processor, the access management function network element is caused to perform the following steps: send an update to the terminal device Message, the update message carries the second parameter, and the second parameter is the parameter after the first parameter changes.
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量为运营商根据终端设备的签约数据,为终端设备定制的。In combination with the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is customized for the terminal device by the operator according to the contract data of the terminal device of.
第九方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述程序被处理器执行时实现第二方面或第二方面的任一方面的可能实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, the second aspect or the method in the possible implementation manner of any aspect of the second aspect is implemented.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码被应用网元的通信单元、处理单元或收发器、处理器运行时,使得接入管理功能网元执行上述第二方面的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is applied to a communication unit, a processing unit or a transceiver, or a processor of a network element to make the access management The functional network element executes the method of the second aspect described above.
第十一方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括:处理器,用于支持接入管理功能网元实现 上述第二方面的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a chip system is provided, including a processor, configured to support an access management function network element to implement the method of the second aspect.
第十二方面,提供一种数据管理网元,包括:一个或多个处理器;存储器;多个应用程序;以及一个或多个程序,其中一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中,当一个或者多个程序被处理器执行时,使得接入管理功能网元执行以下步骤:接收接入管理功能网元发送的查询消息,查询消息用于查询第一参数,第一参数指示预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量;向接入管理功能网元发送反馈消息,反馈消息中携带第一参数。In a twelfth aspect, a data management network element is provided, including: one or more processors; a memory; multiple application programs; and one or more programs, wherein one or more programs are stored in the memory, and when a Or when multiple programs are executed by the processor, the access management function network element is caused to perform the following steps: receiving a query message sent by the access management function network element, the query message is used to query the first parameter, and the first parameter indicates a preset public The maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device under the land mobile communication network PLMN supports; sends a feedback message to the access management function network element, and the feedback message carries the first parameter.
结合第十二方面及其上述实现方式,在第十二方面的另一种实现方式中,查询消息为接入鉴权消息;反馈消息为终端设备的签约数据。In combination with the twelfth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, the query message is an access authentication message; the feedback message is the subscription data of the terminal device.
结合第十二方面及其上述实现方式,在第十二方面的另一种实现方式中,预设的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量为运营商根据终端设备的签约数据,为终端设备定制的。In combination with the twelfth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is the operator based on the terminal device's contract data, which is the terminal Equipment customized.
第十三方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述程序被处理器执行时实现第三方面或第三方面的任一方面的可能实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which a computer program is stored, and the program is executed by a processor to implement the third aspect or the method in the possible implementation manners of any aspect of the third aspect.
第十四方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码被应用网元的通信单元、处理单元或收发器、处理器运行时,使得数据管理网元执行上述第三方面的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run by the communication unit, processing unit or transceiver, or processor of the applied network element, the data management The network element executes the method of the third aspect described above.
第十五方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括:处理器,用于支持数据管理网元实现上述第三方面的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a chip system is provided, including a processor, configured to support a data management network element to implement the method of the third aspect.
第十六方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括前述的终端设备、接入管理功能网元与数据管理网元中的一个或者多个。In a sixteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, which includes one or more of the aforementioned terminal equipment, access management function network element, and data management network element.
在一个可能的设计中,该通信系统还可以包括本申请实施例提供的方案中与终端设备、接入管理功能网元与数据管理网元进行交互的其他设备,等等。In a possible design, the communication system may also include other devices that interact with terminal devices, access management function network elements, and data management network elements in the solution provided in the embodiments of the present application, and so on.
示例性地,该通信系统中实现上述的用于会话建立的方法包括:Exemplarily, implementing the foregoing method for session establishment in the communication system includes:
终端设备向接入管理功能网元发送注册请求消息,所述注册请求消息用于请求注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的网络中,其中,接入管理功能网元发属于该网络中的核心网设备;The terminal device sends a registration request message to the access management function network element, where the registration request message is used to request registration to a network belonging to the preset public land mobile communication network PLMN, where the access management function network element is sent to the network Core network equipment in
所述接入管理功能网元接收到终端设备发送的注册请求消息之后,从数据管理网元中查询所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量;或者,所述接入管理功能网元接收到终端设备发送的注册请求消息之后,根据本地策略确定所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量;After the access management function network element receives the registration request message sent by the terminal device, it queries the data management network element for the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN; or, After the access management function network element receives the registration request message sent by the terminal device, it determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN according to a local policy;
在所述接入管理功能网元确定所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量之后,所述接入管理功能网元将所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量保存在本地;After the access management function network element determines the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN, the access management function network element downloads the terminal device to the preset PLMN The maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established is saved locally;
进一步地,所述接入管理功能网元将能够指示所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的第一参数携带在注册接收消息中发送给终端设备;Further, the access management function network element carries the first parameter that can indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN in a registration reception message and sends it to the terminal device;
终端设备接收到第一参数之后,基于所述第一参数、协议定义的PDU会话标识数量值以及所述终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值确定所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量;After receiving the first parameter, the terminal device determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device based on the first parameter, the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device;
所述终端设备能够根据已经确定的所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量进行PDU会话建立。The terminal device can establish a PDU session according to the determined maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device.
本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法与终端设备,终端设备通过接收接入管理功能网元发送的用于指示预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量,能够准确获知在某个PLMN下建立的PDU会话数量值。The method and terminal device for session establishment provided by the embodiments of the present application are used to indicate the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN sent by the access management function network element , Can accurately know the value of the number of PDU sessions established under a certain PLMN.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1本申请实施例适用系统架构图;FIG. 1 is a system architecture diagram applicable to an embodiment of the application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备进行注册的流程图;FIG. 2 is a flowchart of registration of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种用于会话建立的方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for session establishment according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种更新第一参数方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for updating a first parameter according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种更新第一参数方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for updating a first parameter according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种会话建立的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种注册接收消息的示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a registration receiving message provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种会话建立的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话建立的示意图。;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application. ;
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话建立的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of yet another session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请提出的终端设备10的示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the terminal device 10 proposed in this application;
图12是适用于本申请实施例的终端设备20的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 20 applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的接入管理功能网元100的示意性框图;FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of an access management function network element 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的数据管理网元200的示意性框图。FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a data management network element 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings.
图1是应用于本申请实施例的网络架构。如图1所示,下面对该网络架构中涉及的各个部分分别进行说明。Figure 1 is a network architecture applied to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the various parts involved in the network architecture are described below.
1、终端设备110:可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,以及各种形式的终端,移动台(mobile station,MS),终端(terminal),用户设备(user equipment,UE),软终端等等。例如,水表、电表、传感器等。1. Terminal device 110: It can include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of terminals, mobile stations, MS), terminal (terminal), user equipment (UE), soft terminal, etc. For example, water meters, electricity meters, sensors, etc.
2、(无线)接入网络(radio access network,(R)AN)网元120:用于为特定区域的授权终端设备提供入网功能,并能够根据终端设备的级别,业务的需求等使用不同质量的传输隧道。2. (Radio access network, (R)AN) network element 120: used to provide network access functions for authorized terminal equipment in a specific area, and can use different qualities according to the level of terminal equipment and service requirements Transmission tunnel.
(R)AN网元能够管理无线资源,为终端设备提供接入服务,进而完成控制信号和终端设备数据在终端设备和核心网之间的转发,(R)AN网元也可以理解为传统网络中的基站。(R)AN network elements can manage wireless resources, provide access services for terminal devices, and then complete the forwarding of control signals and terminal device data between the terminal devices and the core network. (R)AN network elements can also be understood as traditional networks Base station in.
3、用户面网元130:用于分组路由和转发以及用户面数据的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)处理等。3. User plane network element 130: used for packet routing and forwarding and quality of service (QoS) processing of user plane data, etc.
在5G通信系统中,该用户面网元可以是用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元。在未来通信系统中,用户面网元仍可以是UPF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申 请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the user plane network element may be a user plane function (UPF) network element. In the future communication system, the user plane network element can still be a UPF network element, or it can have other names, which is not limited by this application.
4、数据网络网元140:用于提供传输数据的网络。4. Data network element 140: used to provide a network for transmitting data.
在5G通信系统中,该数据网络网元可以是数据网络(data network,DN)网元。在未来通信系统中,数据网络网元仍可以是DN网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the data network element may be a data network (DN) network element. In the future communication system, the data network network element may still be a DN network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
5、接入管理网元150:主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等,可以用于实现移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)功能中除会话管理之外的其它功能,例如,合法监听以及接入授权/鉴权等功能。5. Access management network element 150: Mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement other functions other than session management in the mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function, for example, legal Monitoring and access authorization/authentication functions.
在5G通信系统中,该接入管理网元可以是接入管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元。在未来通信系统中,接入管理网元仍可以是AMF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the access management network element may be an access management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network element. In the future communication system, the access management network element may still be an AMF network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
6、会话管理网元160:主要用于会话管理、终端设备的网络互连协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户平面功能、策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知等。6. Session management network element 160: Mainly used for session management, terminal equipment Internet Protocol (IP) address allocation and management, selection of end points that can manage user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink Data notification, etc.
在5G通信系统中,该会话管理网元可以是会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元。在未来通信系统中,会话管理网元仍可以是SMF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the session management network element may be a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element. In the future communication system, the session management network element may still be an SMF network element, or may also have other names, which are not limited by this application.
7、策略控制网元170:用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架,为控制面功能网元(例如AMF,SMF网元等)提供策略规则信息等。7. Policy control network element 170: a unified policy framework used to guide network behavior, and provide policy rule information for control plane function network elements (such as AMF, SMF network elements, etc.).
在4G通信系统中,该策略控制网元可以是策略和计费规则功能(policy and charging rules function,PCRF)网元。在5G通信系统中,该策略控制网元可以是策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元。在未来通信系统中,策略控制网元仍可以是PCF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 4G communication system, the policy control network element may be a policy and charging rules function (PCRF) network element. In a 5G communication system, the policy control network element may be a policy control function (PCF) network element. In the future communication system, the policy control network element may still be a PCF network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
8、认证服务器180:用于鉴权服务、产生密钥实现对终端设备的双向鉴权,支持统一的鉴权框架。8. Authentication server 180: used for authentication services, generating keys to implement two-way authentication for terminal devices, and supporting a unified authentication framework.
在5G通信系统中,该认证服务器可以是认证服务器功能(authentication server function,AUSF)网元。在未来通信系统中,认证服务器功能网元仍可以是AUSF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the authentication server may be an authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network element. In the future communication system, the authentication server function network element may still be an AUSF network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited by this application.
9、数据管理网元190:用于处理终端设备标识,接入鉴权,注册以及移动性管理等。9. Data management network element 190: used to process terminal device identification, access authentication, registration, and mobility management.
在5G通信系统中,该数据管理网元可以是统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元;在4G通信系统中,该数据管理网元可以是归属用户服务器(home subscriber server,HSS)网元在未来通信系统中,统一数据管理仍可以是UDM网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the data management network element may be a unified data management (UDM) network element; in a 4G communication system, the data management network element may be a home subscriber server (HSS) network In the future communication system, the unified data management can still be a UDM network element, or it can have other names, which is not limited in this application.
10、应用网元1100:用于进行应用影响的数据路由,接入网络开放功能网元,与策略框架交互进行策略控制等。10. Application network element 1100: used for data routing affected by applications, access to network open function network elements, and interaction with the policy framework for policy control.
在5G通信系统中,该应用网元可以是应用功能(application function,AF)网元。在未来通信系统中,应用网元仍可以是AF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the application network element may be an application function (AF) network element. In the future communication system, the application network element may still be an AF network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited by this application.
11、网络存储网元:用于维护网络中所有网络功能服务的实时信息。11. Network storage network element: used to maintain real-time information of all network functions and services in the network.
在5G通信系统中,该网络存储网元可以是网络注册功能(network repository function,NRF)网元。在未来通信系统中,网络存储网元仍可以是NRF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the network storage network element may be a network repository function (NRF) network element. In the future communication system, the network storage network element may still be an NRF network element, or may also have other names, which are not limited by this application.
可以理解的是,上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。为方便说明,本申请后续,以接入管理网元为AMF网元,数据管理网元为UDM网元,会话管理网元为SMF网元,用户面网元为UPF网元为例进行说明。It is understandable that the aforementioned network elements or functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform). For the convenience of description, in the follow-up of this application, the access management network element is the AMF network element, the data management network element is the UDM network element, the session management network element is the SMF network element, and the user plane network element is the UPF network element.
进一步地,将AMF网元简称为AMF,UDM网元简称为UDM,SMF网元简称为SMF,UPF网元简称为UPF。即本申请后续所描述的AMF均可替换为接入管理网元,UDM均可替换为数据管理网元,SMF均可替换为会话管理网元,UPF均可替换为用户面网元。Further, the AMF network element is abbreviated as AMF, the UDM network element is abbreviated as UDM, the SMF network element is abbreviated as SMF, and the UPF network element is abbreviated as UPF. That is, the AMF described later in this application can be replaced with access management network elements, UDM can be replaced with data management network elements, SMF can be replaced with session management network elements, and UPF can be replaced with user plane network elements.
为方便说明,本申请实施例中以装置为AMF实体、UDM实体为例,对用于会话建立的方法进行说明,对于装置为AMF实体内的芯片、UDM实体内的芯片的实现方法,可参考装置分别为AMF实体、UDM实体的具体说明,不再重复介绍。For convenience of description, in the embodiments of the present application, the device is an AMF entity and a UDM entity as examples to describe the method for establishing a session. For the implementation method of the device being a chip in the AMF entity and a chip in the UDM entity, refer to The specific descriptions of the devices being the AMF entity and the UDM entity will not be repeated.
在图1所示的网络架构中,终端设备通过N1接口与AMF连接,RAN通过N2接口与AMF连接,RAN通过N3接口与UPF连接。UPF之间通过N9接口连接,UPF通过N6接口DN互联。SMF通过N4接口控制UPF。AMF通过N11接口与SMF接口。AMF通过N8接口从UDM单元获取终端设备签约数据,SMF通过N10接口从UDM单元获取终端设备签约数据。In the network architecture shown in Figure 1, the terminal equipment is connected to the AMF through the N1 interface, the RAN is connected to the AMF through the N2 interface, and the RAN is connected to the UPF through the N3 interface. The UPFs are connected through the N9 interface, and the UPFs are interconnected through the N6 interface DN. SMF controls UPF through the N4 interface. AMF interfaces with SMF through N11 interface. AMF obtains terminal equipment subscription data from the UDM unit through the N8 interface, and SMF obtains terminal equipment subscription data from the UDM unit through the N10 interface.
应理解,上述应用于本申请实施例的网络架构仅是一种举例说明,适用本申请实施例的网络架构并不局限于此,任何能够实现上述各个网元的功能的网络架构都适用于本申请实施例。It should be understood that the foregoing network architecture applied to the embodiments of the present application is only an example, and the network architecture applicable to the embodiments of the present application is not limited to this. Any network architecture that can implement the functions of the foregoing network elements is applicable to the present application. Application examples.
例如,在某些网络架构中,AMF网元、SMF网元、PCF网元、BSF网元以及UDM网元等网络功能网元实体都称为网络功能(network function,NF)网元;或者,在另一些网络架构中,AMF网元,SMF网元,PCF网元,BSF网元,UDM网元等网元的集合都可以称为控制面功能网元。For example, in some network architectures, network function network element entities such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, and UDM network elements are all called network function (NF) network elements; or, In some other network architectures, a collection of network elements such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, UDM network elements, etc. can all be called control plane function network elements.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (NR), etc.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的 其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminals, user units, user stations, mobile stations, mobile stations, remote stations, remote terminals, mobile equipment, user terminals, terminals, wireless communication equipment, user agents, or User device. The terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) Terminal equipment, etc., this embodiment of the application does not limit this.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device. The network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA) The base transceiver station (BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved base station (evolved) in the LTE system. NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, and future The network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. In addition, the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided according to the embodiments of the application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" used in this application encompasses a computer program that can be accessed from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
伴随着5G通信技术的发展,上层应用对应的PDU会话数量必然增加,终端设备能够建立更多的PDU会话是业务驱动的需要,运营商可以根据终端设备的签约信息定制不同的PLMN下终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量。对于某个终端设备来说根据5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值、该终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值以及PLMN下该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值确定能够建立的PDU最大数量时,需要明确获知该三个数量值。With the development of 5G communication technology, the number of PDU sessions corresponding to upper-layer applications will inevitably increase. The ability of terminal devices to establish more PDU sessions is a business-driven need. Operators can customize different PLMN terminal device support according to the contract information of terminal devices The maximum number of PDU sessions. For a terminal device, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device, and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under PLMN determine the maximum PDU that can be established When quantity, you need to know the three quantity values clearly.
具体地,5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值在版本号为24.501 6.4.1.5中已有相关描述,本申请对此不再赘述;PLMN下终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量为运营商根据终端设备的签约信息定制的,相当于运营商基于不同的PLMN以及不同的终端设备预设的值;终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值为终端设备自身已知的值,可以为终 端设备的制造厂商规定的。Specifically, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol has been described in the version number 24.501 6.4.1.5, which will not be repeated in this application; the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by terminal equipment under PLMN is based on the operator’s The subscription information of the terminal device is customized, which is equivalent to the value preset by the operator based on different PLMNs and different terminal devices; the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device is a value known by the terminal device itself, which can be the manufacturing of the terminal device Specified by the manufacturer.
具体地,在终端设备与网络设备通信的过程中,上述的PLMN下该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值网络设备并不通知终端设备。而是在终端设备建立PDU会话过程中,当网络设备接收到终端设备发送的请求建立PDU会话的请求消息时,如果确定PLMN下该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值已达到,网络设备会向终端设备发送指示信息,通知该终端设备当前建立的PDU会话数量已经达到PLMN下该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量。其中,指示信息为协议规定的下行非接入层直传(downlink none access stratum transport,DL NAS TRANSPORT)消息中的拒绝原因编码#65,其中,该拒绝原因编码#65指示最大PDU会话数量已达到。下文中可以简称为原因编码#65。Specifically, in the process of communication between the terminal device and the network device, the network device does not notify the terminal device of the value of the maximum PDU session number supported by the terminal device under the aforementioned PLMN. But when the terminal device establishes a PDU session, when the network device receives a request message sent by the terminal device requesting the establishment of a PDU session, if it is determined that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN has reached, the network device will The terminal device sends indication information to notify the terminal device that the number of PDU sessions currently established has reached the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN. Among them, the indication information is the rejection reason code #65 in the downlink non-access stratum transport (DL NAS TRANSPORT) message stipulated in the protocol, where the rejection reason code #65 indicates that the maximum number of PDU sessions has reached . Hereinafter, it can be referred to as reason code #65.
应理解,上述方案的描述在现有5G协议中有相关的描述。例如,24.501 6.4.1.5The maximum number of PDU sessions which a UE can establish in a PLMN is limited by whichever is the lowest of:the maximum number of PDU session IDs allowed by the protocol(as specified in 3GPP TS 24.007[11]subclause 11.2.3.1b),the PLMN's maximum number of PDU sessions and the UE's implementation-specific maximum number of PDU sessions.24.5015.4.5.2.4 Upon reception of a UL NAS TRANSPORT message,if the Payload container type IE is set to"N1 SM information",the Request type IE is set to"initial request"or"existing PDU session",and the AMF determines that the PLMN's maximum number of PDU sessions has already been reached for the UE,the AMF shall send back to the UE the 5GSM message which was not forwarded and 5GMM cause#65"maximum number of PDU sessions reached"as specified in subclause 5.4.5.3.1case h).24.501 6.4.1.5NOTE1:In some situations,when attempting to establish multiple PDU sessions,the number of active PDU sessions that the UE has when 5GMM cause#65 is received is not equal to the maximum number of PDU sessions reached in the network.It should be understood that the description of the above solution is related to the existing 5G protocol. For example, 24.501 6.4.1.5 The maximum number of PDU sessions which a UE can establish in a PLMN is limited by whichever is the lowest of: the maximum number of PDU session IDs allowed by the protocol(as 11specified TS 24.007 [as 11specified] subclause 11.2.3.1b),the PLMN's maximum number of PDU sessions and the UE's implementation-specific maximum number of PDU sessions.24.5015.4.5.2.4Upon reception of a UL NAS TRANSPORT message to type, if the Payload IE N1 SM information", the Request type IE is set to "initial request"or"existing PDU session", and the AMF determines that the PLMN's maximum number of PDU sessions has already been already back to the F UE, the hall reached for the F UE UE the 5GSM message which was not forwarded and 5GMM cause#65"maximum number of PDU sessions reached" as specified in subclause 5.4.5.3.1 case h).24.501 6.4.1.5 NOTE1: In established several situations, when multiple sessions, when PDU ,the number of active PDU sessions that the UE has when 5GMM cause#65 is received Is not equal to the maximum number of PDU sessions reached in the network.
进一步地,终端设备在接收到网络设备的指示信息之后,默认不会再触发建立PDU会话。如果终端设备需要再建立高优先级或者紧急业务的PDU会话,终端设备需要自行选择释放已建立好的PDU会话,从而再建立新的PDU会话。终端再尝试PDU会话建立,不保证PDU会话建立成功,会消耗终端设备和网络设备之间的信令交互。其中,终端设备选择释放已建立好的PDU会话一般不会选择高优先级或者紧急业务的PDU会话进行释放。Further, after receiving the instruction information of the network device, the terminal device will not trigger the establishment of the PDU session by default. If the terminal device needs to re-establish a high-priority or emergency service PDU session, the terminal device needs to choose to release the established PDU session by itself, thereby establishing a new PDU session. The terminal tries to establish the PDU session again, and it does not guarantee the success of the PDU session establishment, which will consume the signaling interaction between the terminal device and the network device. Among them, the terminal device choosing to release an established PDU session generally does not choose a high-priority or emergency service PDU session for release.
但是,由于5G系统中可以同时建立多个PDU会话,在终端设备同时发起多路PDU会话建立请求时,可能会发生网络设备向终端设备发送上述的指示信息,但是该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值并未达到,从而导致该终端设备确定在PLMN下建立的PDU会话数量值存在不准确性。However, since multiple PDU sessions can be established at the same time in a 5G system, when a terminal device initiates multiple PDU session establishment requests at the same time, it may happen that the network device sends the above indication information to the terminal device, but the maximum PDU session supported by the terminal device The number value is not reached, which leads to inaccuracy in the terminal device determining the number of PDU sessions established under the PLMN.
例如,5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID为0~15,则终端设备#1已知5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值为16,或者,理解为定义了16个PDU会话ID;进一步地,终端设备#1已知该终端设备#1实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值为6;运营商确定PLMN下终端设备#1支持的最大PDU会话数量为5。终端设备#1在与网络设备通信的过程中,无法确定PLMN下终端设备#1支持的最大PDU会话数量为5。则终端设备#1建立PDU会话的过程中,根据上述的PDU会话ID最大数量值为16以及实际支持的最大PDU会话 数量值为6,初步确定终端设备#1能够建立的PDU会话数量为6。For example, if the PDU session ID defined by the 5G communication protocol is 0-15, the terminal device #1 knows that the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol is 16, or it is understood that 16 PDU session IDs are defined; further The terminal device #1 knows that the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device #1 is 6; the operator determines that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device #1 under the PLMN is 5. When terminal device #1 is communicating with the network device, it cannot be determined that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by terminal device #1 under the PLMN is 5. In the process of establishing a PDU session for the terminal device #1, according to the above-mentioned maximum number of PDU session IDs of 16 and the actual maximum number of PDU sessions supported by 6, it is preliminarily determined that the number of PDU sessions that can be established by the terminal device #1 is 6.
假设,终端设备#1在建立了4路PDU会话之后,同时发起第5路和第6路PDU会话建立请求。网络设备接收到多路PDU会话建立请求时,确定如果允许建立该多路PDU会话,会导致超过上述的PLMN下终端设备#1支持的最大PDU会话数量。进而,网络设备向终端设备#1发送上述的指示信息,指示PLMN下终端设备#1支持的最大PDU会话数量已经达到。Assume that the terminal device #1 simultaneously initiates the 5th and 6th PDU session establishment requests after establishing the 4 PDU sessions. When the network device receives the multi-path PDU session establishment request, it is determined that if the multi-path PDU session is allowed to be established, the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device #1 under the PLMN will be exceeded. Furthermore, the network device sends the aforementioned indication information to the terminal device #1, indicating that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device #1 under the PLMN has been reached.
当终端设备#1接收到指示信息之后,并不能确定PLMN下终端设备#1支持的最大PDU会话数量为5。反而认为建立了4路PDU会话之后发起第5路和第6路PDU会话建立请求未成功,推断终端设备#1能够建立的PDU会话的最大数量为4,导致最后确定能够建立的PDU会话的最大数量错误。进而,本来终端设备#1能够顺利建立第5路PDU会话的,因为判断失误,在终端设备#1需要建立第5路PDU会话时,可能会不建立第5路PDU会话,或者,会释放已经建立好的4路PDU会话中的非紧急业务的一路PDU会话,而后再建立第5路PDU会话。After the terminal device #1 receives the indication information, it cannot be determined that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device #1 under the PLMN is 5. Instead, it is considered that the establishment of the fifth and sixth PDU sessions after the establishment of a 4-way PDU session is not successful, and it is concluded that the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established by terminal device #1 is 4, which leads to the final determination of the maximum PDU session that can be established The quantity is wrong. Furthermore, the terminal device #1 was able to successfully establish the fifth PDU session. Due to a judgment error, when the terminal device #1 needs to establish the fifth PDU session, the fifth PDU session may not be established, or the fifth PDU session may be released. One PDU session of the non-emergency service in the established 4-way PDU session, and then the fifth PDU session is established.
为了便于对本申请实施例中提供的用于会话建立的方法的理解,首先简单介绍本申请实施例中涉及到的几个基本的概念:In order to facilitate the understanding of the method for session establishment provided in the embodiments of this application, first briefly introduce several basic concepts involved in the embodiments of this application:
1、PLMN。1. PLMN.
本申请涉及的PLMN是由政府或政府所批准的运营商,为公众提供陆地移动通信业务目的而建立和经营的网络。例如,中国移动、中国联通等。The PLMN involved in this application is a network established and operated by the government or an operator approved by the government to provide the public with land mobile communication services. For example, China Mobile, China Unicom, etc.
也就是说,运营商维护网络是以PLMN为粒度进行网络维护的,针对不同的PLMN以及针对不同的终端设备的签约数据,定制PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量。In other words, the operator maintains the network with the PLMN as the granularity for network maintenance. For different PLMNs and for different terminal equipment subscription data, the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal equipment under the PLMN supports to establish is customized.
具体地,本申请中主要涉及的归属PLMN(home public land mobile network,HPLMN)和访问PLMN(visited public land mobile network,VPLMN)。其中,HPLMN为本国的PLMN,VPLMN指的是漫游场景下的PLMN。Specifically, the home PLMN (home public land mobile network, HPLMN) and visited PLMN (visited public land mobile network, VPLMN) are mainly involved in this application. Among them, HPLMN is the country's PLMN, and VPLMN refers to the PLMN in the roaming scenario.
应理解,上述的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量只是一种常用的说法,对本申请并不构成限制。例如,还可以称为PLMN级别下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量,或者,PLMN’S终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量。It should be understood that the above-mentioned maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is just a commonly used term, and does not constitute a limitation on this application. For example, it can also be referred to as the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal equipment at the PLMN level, or the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the PLMN’s terminal equipment.
2、终端设备注册流程。2. Terminal device registration process.
一个终端设备想要获取网络设备提供的业务必须先向网络设备进行注册。本申请实施例中所涉及的终端设备的注册流程,与现有协议规定的类似。包括:A terminal device that wants to obtain the services provided by the network device must first register with the network device. The registration process of the terminal device involved in the embodiment of this application is similar to that specified in the existing agreement. include:
1)初始注册;1) Initial registration;
2)移动更新注册;2) Mobile update registration;
3)周期性注册。3) Periodic registration.
其中,初始注册指的是终端设备首次向网络设备进行注册;移动更新注册指的是终端设备一旦移动到新的最大时间提前量(time advanced,TA)小区,该新的TA小区已经不属于终端设备的注册区域了,那么终端设备就要触发移动更新注册;周期性注册指的是终端设备中的周期注册定时器超时,触发周期性注册,这种注册类似于心跳机制,就是让网络设备获知终端设备还开机在服务区。Among them, the initial registration refers to the terminal device registering with the network device for the first time; the mobile update registration refers to the terminal device once it moves to a new time advanced (TA) cell, the new TA cell no longer belongs to the terminal If the registration area of the device is established, the terminal device will trigger mobile update registration; periodic registration refers to the periodical registration timer in the terminal device that expires and triggers periodic registration. This kind of registration is similar to the heartbeat mechanism, which is to let the network device know The terminal device is also turned on in the service area.
下面,结合图2简单介绍终端设备的注册流程。图2是本申请实施例提供的一种终端 设备进行注册的流程图。In the following, the registration process of the terminal device will be briefly introduced in conjunction with Figure 2. Fig. 2 is a flowchart of registration of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
S110,终端设备向接入网发送注册请求消息。S110: The terminal device sends a registration request message to the access network.
其中,该注册请求消息可以是上述的初始注册、移动更新注册或周期性注册流程中的注册请求消息。应理解,不同注册类型以及场景下的注册请求消息中携带的参数不一样。本申请对此并不限定,可以是现有协议中规定需要携带的参数,这里对此不赘述。Wherein, the registration request message may be the registration request message in the aforementioned initial registration, mobile update registration or periodic registration process. It should be understood that the parameters carried in the registration request message in different registration types and scenarios are different. This application is not limited to this, and it may be a parameter that needs to be carried as stipulated in the existing agreement, which will not be repeated here.
S120,接入网根据终端设备发送的注册请求消息中携带的参数选择合适的接入管理网元(目的接入管理网元)。具体地,接入网选择接入管理网元的过程为现有协议中规定选择方式,本申请对此并不限定。S120: The access network selects an appropriate access management network element (destination access management network element) according to the parameters carried in the registration request message sent by the terminal device. Specifically, the process for the access network to select the access management network element is the selection method specified in the existing protocol, which is not limited in this application.
S130,接入网向目的接入管理网元转发注册请求消息。S130: The access network forwards the registration request message to the destination access management network element.
具体地,接入网通过N2接口将NAS层的注册请求消息转发给接入管理网元。Specifically, the access network forwards the registration request message of the NAS layer to the access management network element through the N2 interface.
S140,目的接入管理网元向源接入管理网元发送获取终端设备的上下文信息的请求消息。S140: The destination access management network element sends a request message for acquiring context information of the terminal device to the source access management network element.
其中,目的接入管理网元为接入网基于终端设备发送的注册请求消息中携带的参数选择的接入管理网元。源接入管理网元为接入网上一次基于终端设备发送的注册请求消息中携带的参数选择的接入管理网元。The destination access management network element is an access management network element selected by the access network based on the parameters carried in the registration request message sent by the terminal device. The source access management network element is an access management network element selected based on the parameters carried in the registration request message sent by the terminal device once on the access network.
应理解,上述的目的接入管理网元、源接入管理网元只是举例,终端设备首次注册时可能不包括源接入管理网元。It should be understood that the foregoing destination access management network element and source access management network element are only examples, and the source access management network element may not be included when the terminal device registers for the first time.
S150,源接入管理网元向目的接入管理网元发送响应消息,携带终端设备的上下文信息。S150: The source access management network element sends a response message to the destination access management network element, which carries the context information of the terminal device.
S160,目的接入管理网元向终端设备发送获取终端设备ID信息的请求消息。S160: The destination access management network element sends a request message for acquiring ID information of the terminal device to the terminal device.
S170,终端设备向目的接入管理网元发送响应消息,携带终端设备的ID信息。S170: The terminal device sends a response message to the target access management network element, which carries ID information of the terminal device.
S180,目的接入管理网元选择认证服务器功能AUSF网元。S180, the destination access management network element selects the authentication server function AUSF network element.
S190,终端设备与核心网之间的鉴权过程。S190, an authentication process between the terminal device and the core network.
具体地,终端设备与核心网之间的鉴权过程为现有协议中规定选择方式,本申请对此并不限定。Specifically, the authentication process between the terminal device and the core network is the selection method specified in the existing agreement, which is not limited in this application.
S1100,目的接入管理网元通知源接入管理网元终端设备的注册结果。S1100: The destination access management network element notifies the source access management network element of the registration result of the terminal device.
S1120,目的接入管理网元选择数据管理网元。S1120: The destination access management network element selects a data management network element.
S1130,目的接入管理网元将终端设备注册到数据管理网元。S1130: The destination access management network element registers the terminal device with the data management network element.
S1140,目的接入管理网元从数据管理网元获取终端设备的接入和移动订阅数据、SMF选择订阅数据、终端设备在SMF的上下文信息。S1140: The destination access management network element obtains terminal device access and mobile subscription data, SMF selection subscription data, and context information of the terminal device in the SMF from the data management network element.
S1150,数据管理网元通知源接入管理网元去注册终端设备。S1150: The data management network element notifies the source to access the management network element to register the terminal device.
S1160,目的接入管理网元向终端设备发送注册接收消息。S1160: The destination access management network element sends a registration reception message to the terminal device.
应理解,图2只是一种简单的示例,并未全部示出终端设备的注册流程,主要涉及到本申请实施例中可能涉及的步骤和网元。终端设备完整的注册流程基于现有协议能够获知,本申请不再赘述。It should be understood that FIG. 2 is only a simple example, and does not all show the registration process of the terminal device, and mainly involves the steps and network elements that may be involved in the embodiments of the present application. The complete registration process of the terminal device can be obtained based on the existing protocol, and will not be repeated in this application.
3、PDU会话。3. PDU session.
通信系统中支持PDU连接业务,PDU连接业务就是终端设备和DN之间交换PDU数据包的业务;PDU连接业务通过终端设备发起PDU会话的建立来实现。一个PDU会话建立后,也就是建立了一条终端设备和DN的数据传输通道。The communication system supports the PDU connection service. The PDU connection service is the service of exchanging PDU data packets between the terminal device and the DN; the PDU connection service is implemented by the terminal device initiating the establishment of a PDU session. After a PDU session is established, a data transmission channel between the terminal device and the DN is established.
为了解决上述的终端设备无法准确获知自身能够建立的PDU会话的最大数量的问题,本申请提供一种用于会话建立的方法,通过AMF通知终端设备核心网所属的PLMN下该终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量,使得终端设备准确获知自身能够建立的PDU会话的最大数量,提高终端设备建立PDU会话的性能。In order to solve the above-mentioned problem that the terminal device cannot accurately know the maximum number of PDU sessions that it can establish, this application provides a method for session establishment, in which the terminal device is notified through the AMF that the terminal device supports the establishment of the PLMN to which the core network belongs The maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions enables the terminal device to accurately learn the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established by itself, and improves the performance of the terminal device for establishing PDU sessions.
下面结合图3-图10详细介绍本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法。The following describes in detail the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of the present application with reference to FIGS. 3-10.
下面从信令交互的流程说明申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,图3是本申请实施例提供的一种用于会话建立的方法的示意性流程图。包括终端设备以及接入管理网元,以及步骤S210-S220,下面详细介绍这几个步骤。The following describes the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the application from the flow of signaling interaction. FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the application. Including terminal equipment and access management network elements, and steps S210-S220, these steps are described in detail below.
S210,终端设备向接入管理功能网元发送注册请求消息。S210: The terminal device sends a registration request message to the access management function network element.
该注册请求消息用于请求将终端设备注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的网络中。其中,注册请求消息可以是终端设备首次向网络设备进行注册时,发送的初始注册请求消息,或者,注册请求消息可以是终端设备移动到新的最大时间提前量TA小区,该新的TA小区已经不属于终端设备的注册区域了,终端设备触发的移动更新注册请求消息,或者,注册请求消息可以是终端设备中的周期注册定时器超时,触发的周期性注册请求消息。具体地,本申请中所述的终端设备向接入管理功能网元发送注册请求消息为终端设备经由接入网向接入管理功能网元发送的注册请求消息。具体地,终端设备的注册流程如图2所示的,这里不再赘述。The registration request message is used to request the terminal device to be registered in the network belonging to the preset public land mobile communication network PLMN. Among them, the registration request message can be the initial registration request message sent when the terminal device registers with the network device for the first time, or the registration request message can be the terminal device moving to the new maximum timing advance TA cell, which has already If it does not belong to the registration area of the terminal device, the mobile update registration request message triggered by the terminal device, or the registration request message may be a periodic registration request message triggered by a periodic registration timer in the terminal device that expires. Specifically, the registration request message sent by the terminal device to the access management function network element in this application is a registration request message sent by the terminal device to the access management function network element via the access network. Specifically, the registration process of the terminal device is shown in Fig. 2 and will not be repeated here.
示例性地,当本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法应用于5G通信系统时,上述的接入管理功能网元可以为前文所述的AMF网元,或者,当本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法应用于LTE通信系统时,上述的接入管理功能网元可以为前文所述的MME网元。Exemplarily, when the method for establishing a session provided by the embodiment of this application is applied to a 5G communication system, the above-mentioned access management function network element may be the aforementioned AMF network element, or when the embodiment of this application provides When the method for establishing a session is applied to an LTE communication system, the aforementioned access management function network element may be the aforementioned MME network element.
S220,终端设备接收接入管理功能网元发送的第一消息。S220: The terminal device receives the first message sent by the access management function network element.
其中,第一消息中携带第一参数,所述第一参数指示在预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量。Wherein, the first message carries a first parameter, and the first parameter indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under a preset public land mobile communication network PLMN.
示例性地,第一参数为在预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量值。或者,第一参数与预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量值之间存在一一对应关系,该一一对应关系保存在终端设备和接入管理功能网元中,即终端设备和接入管理功能网元,能够基于该第一参数和该一一对应关系确定预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量值。Exemplarily, the first parameter is a value of the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under a preset PLMN. Or, there is a one-to-one correspondence between the first parameter and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN, and the one-to-one correspondence is stored in the terminal device and the access management function network element, namely The terminal device and the access management function network element can determine the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN based on the first parameter and the one-to-one correspondence.
例如,预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量值为5。第一参数为5,或者,第一参数为X,第一参数与预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量值之间的一一对应关系指示,当第一参数为X时,预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量值为5。For example, the preset maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is 5. The first parameter is 5, or the first parameter is X, and the one-to-one correspondence between the first parameter and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN indicates that when the first parameter is X At this time, the preset maximum value of the number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is 5.
例如,一一对应关系可以是:预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量值=第一参数-1。For example, the one-to-one correspondence may be: the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN=first parameter-1.
应理解,上述的第一参数为5或X只是举例的形式。其他的终端设备能够基于第一参数,明确获取预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量值的第一参数均在本申请的保护范围之内,这里不再一一列举第一参数可能的形式。It should be understood that the above-mentioned first parameter being 5 or X is just an example. Other terminal devices can clearly obtain the first parameter of the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN based on the first parameter. All the first parameters are within the protection scope of this application, and the first parameters will not be listed here. A possible form of a parameter.
示例性地,第一消息为注册接收消息。Exemplarily, the first message is a registration reception message.
示例性地,第一消息为PDU会话建立拒绝消息。例如,PDU会话建立拒绝消息可以为前文所述的指示信息(原因编码#65),或者,PDU会话建立拒绝消息还可以为除所述原因编码#65之外的现有信令。则,图3所示的用于会话建立的方法流程还包括:终端设备向接入管理功能网元发送PDU会话建立请求消息。其中,本申请中所述的终端设备向接入管理功能网元发送PDU会话建立请求消息可以为现有中终端设备在需要建立PDU会话时,向接入管理功能网元发送的PDU会话建立请求消息。对于PDU会话建立请求消息本申请不做限制。Exemplarily, the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message. For example, the PDU session establishment rejection message may be the aforementioned indication information (reason code #65), or the PDU session establishment rejection message may also be existing signaling other than the reason code #65. Then, the flow of the method for session establishment shown in FIG. 3 further includes: the terminal device sends a PDU session establishment request message to the access management function network element. Wherein, the terminal device described in this application sending the PDU session establishment request message to the access management function network element may be a PDU session establishment request sent by the existing terminal device to the access management function network element when it needs to establish a PDU session news. This application does not limit the PDU session establishment request message.
示例性地,第一消息为接入管理功能网元确定第一参数之后,向终端设备发送的消息。即,第一消息为新增的接入管理功能网元与终端设备之间的交互信令,用于通知终端设备上述第一参数的消息。Exemplarily, the first message is a message sent to the terminal device after the access management function network element determines the first parameter. That is, the first message is the interaction signaling between the newly added access management function network element and the terminal device, and is used to notify the terminal device of the above-mentioned first parameter.
应理解,上述的第一消息可以为接入管理功能网元与终端设备之间新增的交互信令,或者,第一消息也可以是复用已有的信令。第一消息可以为接入管理功能网元与终端设备之间已有的交互信令,本申请实施例只是在已有的交互信令中新增信息元素(information element,IE),该新增的IE即为上述的第一参数。本申请实施例对于第一消息具体的形式并不限制,只要是携带有上述的第一参数的第一消息均在本申请的保护范围之内。并且本申请实施例中涉及的第一消息在复用已有的信令的情况下,并不限制只为上述的注册接收消息或是PDU会话建立拒绝消息,还可是其他的已有的信令,这不再一一举例说明。It should be understood that the above-mentioned first message may be newly-added interactive signaling between the access management function network element and the terminal device, or the first message may also be the reuse of existing signaling. The first message may be the existing interactive signaling between the access management function network element and the terminal device. The embodiment of the present application only adds an information element (information element, IE) to the existing interactive signaling. IE is the first parameter mentioned above. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific form of the first message, as long as the first message carrying the above-mentioned first parameter is within the protection scope of the present application. In addition, the first message involved in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to only the registration reception message or the PDU session establishment rejection message when the existing signaling is reused, and it can also be other existing signaling. , This is no longer an example one by one.
具体地,上述S220之前本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法流程还包括S221,接入管理功能网元确定上述第一参数,以及S222,接入管理功能网元保存上述第一参数。Specifically, the process of the method for session establishment provided by the embodiment of the application before S220 further includes S221, the access management function network element determines the foregoing first parameter, and S222, the access management function network element saves the foregoing first parameter.
其中,接入管理功能网元确定上述第一参数可以是以下两种方式:The access management function network element may determine the foregoing first parameter in the following two ways:
方式一:method one:
上述的预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量为运营商根据所述终端设备的签约数据,为所述终端设备定制的。并且PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量与终端设备的签约数据共同存放在数据管理网元中。所以在方式一下,图3所示的方法流程还包括S212和S213。接入管理功能网元向数据管理网元发送查询消息,该查询消息用于从数据管理网元中查询上述的预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量;数据管理网元向接入管理功能网元发送反馈消息,即数据管理网元接收到查询消息之后,将用于指示预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的第一参数携带在反馈消息中告知接入管理功能网元。则,在方式一下接入管理功能网元需要从数据管理网元中获取上述的第一参数,并将该第一参数保存在本地存储器中,再将第一参数携带在第一消息中通知给终端设备。The maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the aforementioned preset PLMN is customized for the terminal device by the operator according to the subscription data of the terminal device. In addition, the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN and the subscription data of the terminal device are stored in the data management network element together. So in terms of mode, the method flow shown in FIG. 3 also includes S212 and S213. The access management function network element sends a query message to the data management network element, and the query message is used to query the data management network element for the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN; the data management network element Send a feedback message to the access management function network element, that is, after receiving the query message, the data management network element carries the first parameter used to indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the preset PLMN in the feedback message Informing the access management function network element. Then, in the first mode, the access management function network element needs to obtain the above-mentioned first parameter from the data management network element, save the first parameter in the local memory, and then carry the first parameter in the first message to notify Terminal Equipment.
示例性地,当本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法应用于5G通信系统时,上述的数据管理网元可以为前文所述的UDM网元,或者,当本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法应用于LTE通信系统时,上述的数据管理网元可以为前文所述的HSS网元。Exemplarily, when the method for establishing a session provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to a 5G communication system, the aforementioned data management network element may be the aforementioned UDM network element, or when the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is used When the session establishment method is applied to an LTE communication system, the above-mentioned data management network element may be the aforementioned HSS network element.
可选地,查询消息可以为接入鉴权消息。例如,接入管理功能网元在与数据管理网元进行鉴权的过程中,数据管理网元将上述的第一参数携带在传输终端设备的签约数据的信令中通知给接入管理功能网元。进而,接入管理功能网元接收到数据管理网元发送的信令,获取到第一参数,将第一参数记录在接入管理功能网元中。并通过上述的第一消息通知终端设备。Optionally, the query message may be an access authentication message. For example, when the access management function network element is in the process of authenticating with the data management network element, the data management network element carries the above-mentioned first parameter in the signaling that transmits the subscription data of the terminal device and informs the access management function network. yuan. Furthermore, the access management function network element receives the signaling sent by the data management network element, obtains the first parameter, and records the first parameter in the access management function network element. And notify the terminal device through the above-mentioned first message.
方式二:Way two:
上述第一参数为接入管理功能网元根据接入管理功能网元中的本地策略确定的。其中,接入管理功能网元中的本地策略为运营商预设的,本申请对此并不限制。The foregoing first parameter is determined by the access management function network element according to the local policy in the access management function network element. Among them, the local policy in the network element of the access management function is preset by the operator, which is not limited in this application.
例如,漫游场景下,访问接入管理功能(visited,V-AMF)网元可以根据本地策略确定VPLMN下PLMN下该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量。For example, in a roaming scenario, a visited, V-AMF (visited, V-AMF) network element can determine the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN under the VPLMN according to a local policy.
应理解,终端设备在接收到第一消息之后,能够根据第一消息中的第一参数确定该终端设备可以建立的PDU会话的最大数量,即终端设备基于第一参数确定终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量。It should be understood that after receiving the first message, the terminal device can determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device can establish according to the first parameter in the first message, that is, the terminal device determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device is allowed to establish based on the first parameter. The number of PDU sessions.
具体地,由前文所述的可知,终端设备能够建立的最大PDU会话数量,是基于5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值、PLMN下该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值以及该终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值中的最小值确定。其中,5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值是明确的、该终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值也是明确。在终端设备接收到第一消息之后,获取到第一参数,则PLMN下该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值也为明确的。进而终端设备基于已知的三个值,将三个值中的最小值确定为终端设备能够建立的最大PDU会话数量。Specifically, it can be known from the foregoing that the maximum number of PDU sessions that a terminal device can establish is based on the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under PLMN, and the terminal device The minimum value among the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported is determined. Among them, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol is clear, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is also clear. After the terminal device receives the first message and obtains the first parameter, the value of the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN is also clear. Furthermore, the terminal device determines the minimum of the three values based on the three known values as the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device can establish.
例如,5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值为16、该终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值为6、第一参数为5。终端设备根据16、6以及5确定终端设备能够建立的最大PDU会话数量为min{16、6、5}=5。For example, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol is 16, the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is 6, and the first parameter is 5. According to 16, 6 and 5, the terminal device determines that the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device can establish is min{16, 6, 5}=5.
进一步地。在终端设备需要建立第一PDU会话的时候,能够根据终端设备能够建立的最大PDU会话数量确定是否建立第一PDU会话。further. When the terminal device needs to establish the first PDU session, it can determine whether to establish the first PDU session according to the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device can establish.
情况一:Situation 1:
当第一消息为注册接收消息时。即,终端设备在发起会话建立流程之前已经获知能够建立的最大PDU会话数量。When the first message is a registration to receive message. That is, the terminal device has learned the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established before initiating the session establishment procedure.
示例性地,终端设备已经建立的PDU会话数量的个数小于终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量时,终端设备建立所述第一PDU会话。Exemplarily, when the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is less than the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by the terminal device, the terminal device establishes the first PDU session.
例如,终端设备能够建立的最大PDU会话数量为5。当第一PDU会话需要建立的时候,终端设备已经建立的PDU会话数量的个数为4。则终端设备继续发起PDU会话建立流程,建立上述的第一PDU会话。For example, the maximum number of PDU sessions that a terminal device can establish is 5. When the first PDU session needs to be established, the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is 4. Then the terminal device continues to initiate the PDU session establishment process to establish the aforementioned first PDU session.
示例性地,终端设备已经建立的PDU会话数量的个数等于终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量时,终端设备拒绝建立所述第一PDU会话。Exemplarily, when the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is equal to the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device is allowed to establish, the terminal device refuses to establish the first PDU session.
例如,终端设备能够建立的最大PDU会话数量为5。当第一PDU会话需要建立的时候,终端设备已经建立的PDU会话数量的个数为5。则终端设备拒绝发起PDU会话建立流程,拒绝建立上述的第一PDU会话。For example, the maximum number of PDU sessions that a terminal device can establish is 5. When the first PDU session needs to be established, the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is 5. Then the terminal device refuses to initiate the PDU session establishment process and refuses to establish the aforementioned first PDU session.
示例性地,终端设备已经建立的PDU会话数量的个数等于终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量时,终端设备释放第二PDU会话之后建立所述第一PDU会话,其中,所述第二PDU会话为所述终端设备已经建立的PDU会话中的任意一个PDU会话。Exemplarily, when the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is equal to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by the terminal device, the terminal device establishes the first PDU session after releasing the second PDU session, wherein the second PDU The session is any one of the PDU sessions established by the terminal device.
例如,终端设备能够建立的最大PDU会话数量为5。当第一PDU会话需要建立的时候,终端设备已经建立的PDU会话数量的个数为5。则终端设备释放已经建立的PDU会话中的第二PDU会话,建立上述的第一PDU会话。为了保证紧急业务的顺利进行,该第 二PDU会话应该是除已经建立的PDU会话中,除了紧急业务PDU会话之外的PDU会话。For example, the maximum number of PDU sessions that a terminal device can establish is 5. When the first PDU session needs to be established, the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is 5. Then the terminal device releases the second PDU session among the established PDU sessions, and establishes the aforementioned first PDU session. In order to ensure the smooth progress of the emergency service, the second PDU session should be a PDU session other than the emergency service PDU session in addition to the established PDU sessions.
情况二:Situation 2:
当第一消息为PDU会话建立拒绝消息时。即,终端设备在发起会话建立流程之前未明确确定终端设备能够建立的最大PDU会话数量。When the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message. That is, the terminal device does not clearly determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device can establish before initiating the session establishment process.
下面,以终端设备在激活多路会话之后,再同时发起两路的PDU会话(PDU会话#1和PDU会话#2)建立为例,进行说明终端设备如何判断是否建立两路的PDU会话。In the following, after activating a multi-channel session, the terminal device simultaneously initiates the establishment of two PDU sessions (PDU session #1 and PDU session #2) as an example to illustrate how the terminal device determines whether to establish a two-channel PDU session.
接入管理功能网元接收到两路的PDU会话建立请求消息之后,根据本地缓存的第一参数确定终端设备请求建立的PDU会话数量已经达到第一参数。则,接入管理功能网元向终端设备发送PDU会话建立拒绝消息,并在该PDU会话建立拒绝消息中携带第一参数。终端设备基于第一参数明确自身能够建立的最大PDU会话数量。After the access management function network element receives the two-way PDU session establishment request message, it is determined according to the first parameter cached locally that the number of PDU sessions requested to be established by the terminal device has reached the first parameter. Then, the access management function network element sends a PDU session establishment rejection message to the terminal device, and carries the first parameter in the PDU session establishment rejection message. The terminal device clarifies the maximum number of PDU sessions that it can establish based on the first parameter.
例如,首先,终端设备基于5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值为16、该终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值为6确定自身能够建立的最大PDU会话数量为6。则,终端设备在发起PDU会话#1和PDU会话#2建立请求之前,只需要已经建立的PDU会话的数量小于或等于4即可。For example, first, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the terminal device based on the 5G communication protocol is 16, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is 6, and the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established by the terminal device is 6. Then, the terminal device only needs to have the number of established PDU sessions less than or equal to 4 before initiating the PDU session #1 and PDU session #2 establishment request.
其次,假设终端设备成功建立了4路PDU会话连接,同时发起PDU会话#1和PDU会话#2建立请求。Secondly, suppose that the terminal device successfully establishes a 4-way PDU session connection and initiates a request for establishing PDU session #1 and PDU session #2 at the same time.
进而,接入管理功能网元接收到PDU会话#1和PDU会话#2建立请求消息之后,根据本地缓存的第一参数(例如,第一参数为5)的大小,确定超出该终端设备所连接PLMN所属的PLMN下该终端设备支持的最大PDU会话数量值。则接入管理功能网元向终端设备发送PDU会话建立拒绝消息,所述PDU会话建立拒绝消息中携带第一参数。Furthermore, after the access management function network element receives the PDU session #1 and PDU session #2 establishment request message, according to the size of the locally cached first parameter (for example, the first parameter is 5), it determines that it exceeds the size of the terminal device connected to The value of the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN to which the PLMN belongs. Then, the access management function network element sends a PDU session establishment rejection message to the terminal device, and the PDU session establishment rejection message carries the first parameter.
终端设备根据接收到的第一参数为5,以及5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值为16、该终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值为6确定自身能够建立的最大PDU会话数量为5。According to the received first parameter of 5, and the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the terminal device determines that the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device actually supports is 6 5.
最后,终端设备在此基于自身能够建立的最大PDU会话数量为5判断是否发起PDU会话建立请求。具体地,判断是否发起PDU会话建立请求与上述的情况一类似,这里不再赘述。Finally, the terminal device here judges whether to initiate a PDU session establishment request based on the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established by itself is 5. Specifically, determining whether to initiate a PDU session establishment request is similar to the above-mentioned situation 1, and will not be repeated here.
示例性地,当上述的第一参数发生变化的时候,接入管理功能网元向终端设备发送更新消息,所述更新消息中包括第二参数。其中,第二参数为发生变化之后的第一参数。Exemplarily, when the foregoing first parameter changes, the access management function network element sends an update message to the terminal device, and the update message includes the second parameter. Among them, the second parameter is the first parameter after the change.
例如,由于终端设备的套餐发生变化,即上述的预设的PLMN下支持建立的最大PDU会话数量发生变化,接入管理功能网元在获知上述的第一参数发生变化之后,将变化后的第二参数携带在更新消息中,通知终端设备。For example, because the package of the terminal device has changed, that is, the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established under the preset PLMN described above has changed, the access management function network element, after learning that the first parameter has changed, will change the first parameter after the change. The second parameter is carried in the update message to notify the terminal device.
可选地,更新消息为移动或周期性注册更新流程中的注册接收消息。Optionally, the update message is a registration reception message in a mobile or periodic registration update process.
例如,如图4所示,图4是本申请实施例提供的一种更新第一参数方法的示意性流程图。包括:For example, as shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for updating a first parameter according to an embodiment of the present application. include:
S310,终端设备向接入管理网元发送注册请求消息。S310: The terminal device sends a registration request message to the access management network element.
其中,注册请求消息为移动更新注册或周期性注册流程中的注册请求消息。The registration request message is a registration request message in the mobile update registration or periodic registration process.
S320,接入管理网元确定第二参数。S320: The access management network element determines the second parameter.
接入管理网元确定上述的第一参数值发生了变化,将变化后的第一参数称之为第二参数。The access management network element determines that the aforementioned first parameter value has changed, and calls the changed first parameter the second parameter.
具体地,接入管理网元获知第一参数发生了变化可以是:数据管理网元根据终端设备的签约数据确定上述第一参数发生变化,并将变化的结果第二参数通知给接入管理网元;或者,是接入管理网元的本地策略发生了变化,使得接入管理网元确定上述第一参数发生变化。Specifically, the access management network element learning that the first parameter has changed may be: the data management network element determines that the above-mentioned first parameter has changed according to the subscription data of the terminal device, and notifies the access management network of the result of the change of the second parameter Or, the local policy of the access management network element has changed, so that the access management network element determines that the first parameter has changed.
S330,接入管理网元向终端设备发送注册接收消息。S330: The access management network element sends a registration reception message to the terminal device.
其中,注册接收消息中包括上述的第二参数(maximum number of PDU sessions for the UE),第二参数指示变化后的终端设备在预设的PLMN下支持建立的最大PDU会话数量。The registration reception message includes the aforementioned second parameter (maximum number of PDU sessions for the UE), and the second parameter indicates the maximum number of PDU sessions that the changed terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN.
S340,注册完成。S340, the registration is completed.
可选地,更新消息为终端配置更新流程中的配置更新命令。Optionally, the update message is a configuration update command in the terminal configuration update procedure.
例如,如图5所示,图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种更新第一参数方法的示意性流程图。包括:For example, as shown in FIG. 5, FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for updating a first parameter according to an embodiment of the present application. include:
S410,接入管理网元确定第二参数。S410: The access management network element determines the second parameter.
接入管理网元确定上述的第一参数值发生了变化,将变化后的第一参数称之为第二参数。The access management network element determines that the aforementioned first parameter value has changed, and calls the changed first parameter the second parameter.
具体地,接入管理网元获知第一参数发生了变化可以是:数据管理网元根据终端设备的签约数据确定上述第一参数发生变化,并将变化的结果第二参数通知给接入管理网元;或者,是接入管理网元的本地策略发生了变化,使得接入管理网元确定上述第一参数发生变化。Specifically, the access management network element learning that the first parameter has changed may be: the data management network element determines that the above-mentioned first parameter has changed according to the subscription data of the terminal device, and notifies the access management network of the result of the change of the second parameter Or, the local policy of the access management network element has changed, so that the access management network element determines that the first parameter has changed.
S420,接入管理网元向终端设备发送配置更新命令。S420: The access management network element sends a configuration update command to the terminal device.
其中,配置更新命令(configuration update)中包括上述的第二参数,第二参数指示变化后的终端设备在预设的PLMN下支持建立的最大PDU会话数量。The configuration update command (configuration update) includes the above-mentioned second parameter, and the second parameter indicates the maximum number of PDU sessions that the changed terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN.
S430,配置更新完成。S430, the configuration update is completed.
可选地,更新消息为终端设备与接入管理功能网元之间的新增的信令,用于通知上述的第一参数已经发生变化。Optionally, the update message is newly-added signaling between the terminal device and the access management function network element, and is used to notify that the aforementioned first parameter has changed.
应理解,本申请中对于更新消息的具体形式并不限制,可以是任意一种能够用于携带上述第二参数的信令。It should be understood that the specific form of the update message in this application is not limited, and it may be any kind of signaling that can be used to carry the above-mentioned second parameter.
进一步地,本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法还可以应用于终端设备从一个通信系统切换到另一个通信系统后建立会话。Further, the method for establishing a session provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to establish a session after the terminal device switches from one communication system to another communication system.
示例性地,图3所示的方法流程还包括S211,终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统。Exemplarily, the method flow shown in FIG. 3 further includes S211, the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system.
应理解本申请中的“第一”、“第二”仅用于区分说明,而不应对本申请构成任何限定。其中,第一通信系统和第二通信系统只是区分不同的通信系统。It should be understood that the "first" and "second" in this application are only used for distinguishing description, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. Among them, the first communication system and the second communication system only distinguish different communication systems.
可选地,第一通信系统可以是LTE系统,第二通信系统可以是5G系统;Optionally, the first communication system may be an LTE system, and the second communication system may be a 5G system;
可选地,第一通信系统可以是5G系统,第二通信系统可以是LTE系统;Optionally, the first communication system may be a 5G system, and the second communication system may be an LTE system;
可选地,第一通信系统可以是LTE系统,第二通信系统可以是WCDMA系统。Optionally, the first communication system may be an LTE system, and the second communication system may be a WCDMA system.
应理解,本申请实施例中对于第一通信系统和第二通信系统具体为哪两种通信系统并不限制。只是限制第一通信系统和第二通信系为两种不同的通信系统。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application do not limit which two communication systems the first communication system and the second communication system are. It is only restricted that the first communication system and the second communication system are two different communication systems.
示例性地,终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统之前,终端设备在第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话数量为M路,M为正整数。进而,终端设备从第一通信系统切换 到第二通信系统时,需要将M路PDU会话从第一通信系统转移到第二通信系统中。Exemplarily, before the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system, the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system is M, and M is a positive integer. Furthermore, when the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system, it is necessary to transfer the M-way PDU session from the first communication system to the second communication system.
具体地,终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统包括以下两种情况:Specifically, the switching of the terminal device from the first communication system to the second communication system includes the following two situations:
情况一:第一通信系统和第二通信系统存在异系统切换接口。Case 1: The first communication system and the second communication system have different system switching interfaces.
其中,第一通信系统和第二通信系统之间的异系统切换接口用于将第一通信系统中的承载直接转移到第二通信系统中,即,终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统时,无需在第二通信系统中重新建立自身在第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话。Wherein, the inter-system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system is used to directly transfer the bearer in the first communication system to the second communication system, that is, the terminal device is switched from the first communication system to the second communication system. In the communication system, there is no need to re-establish the PDU session established in the first communication system in the second communication system.
具体地,在情况一下,终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统时,需要在第二通信系统中发起注册流程。该注册流程包括:Specifically, in the following situation, when the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system, a registration process needs to be initiated in the second communication system. The registration process includes:
首先,终端设备向接入管理功能网元发送的注册请求消息中携带第一状态指示信息,第一状态指示信息用于指示M路PDU会话转移到第二通信系统后的状态;First, the registration request message sent by the terminal device to the access management function network element carries first status indication information, and the first status indication information is used to indicate the status of the M-channel PDU session after it is transferred to the second communication system;
其次,接入管理功能网元在接收到注册请求消息之后,基于PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量确定M路PDU会话中处于激活状态的N路PDU会话,M为正整数,N为小于或者等M的正整数;Secondly, after the access management function network element receives the registration request message, it determines the active N PDU sessions among the M PDU sessions based on the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN, where M is a positive integer, and N is A positive integer less than or equal to M;
然后,接入管理功能网元向终端设备发送注册接收消息。该注册接收消息中携带第二状态指示信息以及指示PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的第一参数。其中,第二状态指示信息用于指示M路PDU会话中处于激活状态的N路PDU会话;Then, the access management function network element sends a registration reception message to the terminal device. The registration reception message carries second status indication information and a first parameter indicating the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the PLMN. Wherein, the second status indication information is used to indicate the N PDU sessions in the active state among the M PDU sessions;
最后,终端设备根据所述第二状态指示信息,确定所述N路PDU会话为激活状态。Finally, the terminal device determines that the N-way PDU session is in the active state according to the second state indication information.
例如,终端设备在第一通信系统中建立了10路PDU会话,终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统后,将该10路PDU会话转移到第二通信系统中,并在第二通信系统中发起注册流程。其中,注册请求消息中携带该10路PDU会话的状态信息为激活状态,而接入管理功能网元接收到注册请求消息之后,根据自身缓存的PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量确定所述10路PDU会话中处于激活状态的只能有5路PDU会话。接入管理功能网元通知终端设备哪5路PDU会话是激活的,终端设备在接收到注册接收消息之后,将10路PDU会话中的除接入管理功能网元通知的5路PDU会话之外的5路PDU会话确定为非激活状态。For example, a terminal device establishes a 10-way PDU session in the first communication system, and after the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system, it transfers the 10-way PDU session to the second communication system and then The registration process is initiated in the communication system. Among them, the registration request message carries the status information of the 10-way PDU session as the active state, and after the access management function network element receives the registration request message, it determines the number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the PLMN in its own buffer. There are only 5 PDU sessions in the active state among the 10 PDU sessions. The access management function network element informs the terminal device which 5-way PDU session is active. After the terminal device receives the registration reception message, it will notify the 10-way PDU session in addition to the 5-way PDU session notified by the access management function network element. The 5-way PDU session is determined to be inactive.
综上,在情况一下,虽然通过第一通信系统和第二通信系统之间的异系统切换接口能够将第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话直接转移到第二通信系统中,但是如果处于激活状态的PDU会话的数量超过了网络设备对于PLMN下该终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的限制,网络设备会选择部分的PDU会话进行去激活,终端设备在接收到网络设备的通知之后,相应地执行去激活。其中,去激活指的是将激活状态的PDU会话装变为非激活状态。In summary, in the situation, although the PDU session established in the first communication system can be directly transferred to the second communication system through the different system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system, if it is in the active state The number of PDU sessions exceeds the network device’s limit on the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device supports under PLMN. The network device will select some PDU sessions for deactivation. The terminal device will respond accordingly after receiving the notification from the network device. Perform deactivation. Among them, deactivation refers to changing the PDU session in the active state to the inactive state.
情况二:第一通信系统和第二通信系统不存在异系统切换接口。Case 2: There is no different system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system.
具体地,在情况二下,终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统时,仍然需要在第二通信系统中发起注册流程。该注册流程包括:Specifically, in case 2, when the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system, it still needs to initiate a registration process in the second communication system. The registration process includes:
首先,终端设备向接入管理功能网元发送的注册请求消息;First, a registration request message sent by the terminal device to the access management function network element;
其次,接入管理功能网元向终端设备发送注册接收消息。该注册接收消息中携带指示PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量的第一参数。Secondly, the access management function network element sends a registration reception message to the terminal device. The registration reception message carries a first parameter indicating the maximum number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device under the PLMN.
最后,终端设备根据注册接收消息,确定终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量。基于确定的终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,确定M路PDU会话中能够建立的N 路PDU会话。Finally, the terminal device determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device is allowed to establish according to the registration received message. Based on the determined maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device, determine the N PDU sessions that can be established in the M PDU sessions.
例如,终端设备在第一通信系统中建立了10路PDU会话,终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统后,在第二通信系统中发起注册流程。获知终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量为5,基于5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值为16、终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值为6确定终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量为5。进而,终端设备选择10路PDU会话中的5路PDU会话发起PDU会话建立流程。For example, the terminal device establishes a 10-way PDU session in the first communication system, and after the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system, it initiates the registration process in the second communication system. It is learned that the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device is 5, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined based on the 5G communication protocol is 16, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is 6 to determine the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by the terminal device Is 5. Furthermore, the terminal device selects 5 PDU sessions among the 10 PDU sessions to initiate a PDU session establishment process.
综上,在情况二下,终端设备在第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话,在从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统后需要在第二通信系统中选择第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话中的全部或这部分PDU会话重新发起PDU会话建立流程。In summary, in case 2, the PDU session established in the first communication system by the terminal device needs to select the PDU established in the first communication system in the second communication system after switching from the first communication system to the second communication system All or this part of the PDU session in the session re-initiates the PDU session establishment process.
上面结合图3-图5详细介绍了本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,下面结合图6-图10详细说明不同情况下,本申请用于会话建立的方法如何应用的。The method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 3 to 5. The following describes in detail how the method for session establishment of this application is applied in different situations with reference to FIGS. 6-10.
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种会话建立的示意图。应用在5G系统中,说明终端设备在注册阶段获取上述的第一参数,确定自身能够建立的PDU会话的最大数量。包括:Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application. Applied in a 5G system, it means that the terminal device obtains the above-mentioned first parameter during the registration phase, and determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that it can establish. include:
S510,UE向AMF发送注册请求消息。S510: The UE sends a registration request message to the AMF.
其中,注册请求消息(registration request)可以是初始注册、移动更新注册或周期性注册流程中的注册请求消息。本申请对此并不限制。The registration request message (registration request) may be a registration request message in the initial registration, mobile update registration, or periodic registration process. This application does not limit this.
S520,AMF与UDM进行鉴权交互。S520, AMF and UDM perform authentication interaction.
在AMF与UDM信令交互的过程中,AMF获得PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量,该信息可以包含在UE签约数据中,由UDM发送给AMF。应理解,如果签约数据中不包含,也可以从AMF本地策略当中获得,然后AMF通过新增IE告知终端。In the process of AMF and UDM signaling interaction, the AMF obtains the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN. This information can be included in the UE subscription data and sent by the UDM to the AMF. It should be understood that if it is not included in the subscription data, it can also be obtained from the AMF local policy, and then the AMF informs the terminal through the newly added IE.
AMF自身缓存该PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量。The AMF itself buffers the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
应理解,S510和S520为终端设备的注册流程,图2中已经说明过,这里不再详述。It should be understood that S510 and S520 are the registration procedures of the terminal device, which have been explained in FIG. 2 and will not be detailed here.
S530,AMF向UE发送注册接收消息。S530: The AMF sends a registration reception message to the UE.
该注册接收消息(registration accept)中新增IE(PLMN’s maximum allowed number of PDU session),该IE用于指示PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量。The registration acceptance message (registration accept) adds an IE (PLMN’s maximum allowed number of PDU session), which is used to indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
例如,如图7所示,图7是本申请实施例提供的一种注册接收消息的示意图。包括:For example, as shown in FIG. 7, FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a registration reception message provided by an embodiment of the present application. include:
原始信息和新增的IE,其中,原始信息指的是现有中注册接收消息包括的信息,例如原始信息包括注册区域、网络切片订阅变化迹象、允许NSSAI等现有技术中规定的注册接收消息原有的一些信息,本申请对此并不限制;新增IE为AMF确定PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量后在注册接收消息中新增4字节特信息。Original information and the newly added IE, where the original information refers to the information included in the existing registration reception message, for example, the original information includes registration area, network slice subscription change signs, allowing NSSAI and other prior art registration reception messages Some original information is not limited in this application; the newly added IE is for AMF to add 4 bytes of special information to the registration reception message after determining the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
具体地,新增IE所占的字节数可以为除上述的4字节之外的字节数量,本申请对此并不限制。还应理解,图7只是一种示意图,新增的IE可以位于注册接收消息中的任意位置,具体地,新增的IE所占的资源可以是注册接收消息中预留的资源,或者,可以是为了携带该新增的IE而分配给注册接收消息的资源,这里不再一一举例说明。Specifically, the number of bytes occupied by the newly added IE may be a number of bytes other than the aforementioned 4 bytes, which is not limited in this application. It should also be understood that FIG. 7 is only a schematic diagram. The newly added IE can be located at any position in the registration reception message. Specifically, the resources occupied by the newly added IE may be the resources reserved in the registration reception message, or It is to carry the newly added IE and allocate the resources to register to receive the message, which will not be illustrated one by one here.
S540,UE确定允许建立最大PDU会话数量。S540: The UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established.
UE接收到注册接收消息之后,基于注册接收消息中新增的IE,确定PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量。After receiving the registration reception message, the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN based on the newly added IE in the registration reception message.
进一步地,UE基于5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值、该UE实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值、PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量确定允许建立最大PDU 会话数量。Further, the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established based on the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE, and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
例如,S530中的新增的IE占4字节,指示PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量为5、5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值为16、该UE实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值为6。UE根据16、6以及5确定UE能够建立的最大PDU会话数量为min{16、6、5}=5。For example, the new IE in S530 occupies 4 bytes, indicating that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under PLMN is 5, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol is 16, and the maximum PDU session actually supported by the UE The number value is 6. The UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that the UE can establish according to 16, 6, and 5 as min{16, 6, 5}=5.
S550,UE确定是否建立PDU会话。S550: The UE determines whether to establish a PDU session.
UE每次建立PDU会话前,需要判断是否在允许建立PDU会话数量的范围之内。Each time the UE establishes a PDU session, it needs to determine whether it is within the range of the number of PDU sessions allowed to be established.
例如,当有一路或多路PDU会话需要建立时,如果UE判断已经建立的PDU会话数量没有超出允许建立PDU会话数量,UE发起PDU会话建立流程;如果UE判断已经建立的PDU会话数量等于允许建立PDU会话数量,UE选择拒绝建立PDU会话或者通过适当已经建立好的PDU会话再去建立新的需要建立的PDU会话。For example, when one or more PDU sessions need to be established, if the UE determines that the number of established PDU sessions does not exceed the allowed number of PDU sessions, the UE initiates the PDU session establishment process; if the UE determines that the number of established PDU sessions is equal to the allowed establishment The number of PDU sessions. The UE chooses to refuse to establish a PDU session or to establish a new PDU session that needs to be established through an appropriate established PDU session.
假设,有一路PDU会话需要建立,该一路PD会话为第一路PDU会话,已经建立的PDU会话数量没有超出允许建立PDU会话数量,UE发起PDU会话建立流程。Assuming that there is a PDU session that needs to be established, this PD session is the first PDU session, and the number of established PDU sessions does not exceed the allowed number of PDU sessions, and the UE initiates a PDU session establishment process.
S560-S590,为UE建立PDU会话的流程,简述为:S560-S590, the process of establishing a PDU session for the UE, briefly described as follows:
UE向AMF发送PDU会话建立请求消息(PDU session establishment request)-AMF向SMF转发PDU会话建立请求消息-UPF域SMF交互信令,建立PDU会话-SMF向AMF发送PDU会话建立接收消息(PDU session establishment accept)-AMF向UE转发PDU会话建立接收消息。UE sends PDU session establishment request message to AMF (PDU session establishment request)-AMF forwards PDU session establishment request message to SMF-UPF domain SMF interaction signaling, establishes PDU session-SMF sends PDU session establishment reception message to AMF (PDU session establishment) accept)-AMF forwards the PDU session establishment reception message to the UE.
进一步地,当再有PDU会话需要建立时,若还是未超出允许建立PDU会话数量的范围,重复上述的S550-S590;Further, when there are more PDU sessions to be established, if the number of PDU sessions is still not exceeded, repeat the above S550-S590;
若需要建立的PDU会话超出允许建立PDU会话数量的范围,且UE确定拒绝建立该PDU会话时,重复上述的S550之后执行S591,拒绝建立PDU会话;且不再执行S560-S590。If the PDU session that needs to be established exceeds the allowed number of PDU sessions, and the UE determines to refuse to establish the PDU session, repeat the above-mentioned S550 and then execute S591 to refuse to establish the PDU session; and S560-S590 are no longer executed.
若需要建立的PDU会话超出允许建立PDU会话数量的范围,且UE确定释放已经建立的PDU会话,而建立该PDU会话时,重复上述的S550之后执行S592,释放PDU会话;继而再执行S560-S590。If the PDU session that needs to be established exceeds the allowed number of PDU sessions, and the UE determines to release the established PDU session, and when the PDU session is established, repeat the above S550 and then execute S592 to release the PDU session; then execute S560-S590 .
例如,当UE判断能够建立的PDU会话数量为5,UE成功建立5路PDU会话之后,有第6路PDU会话需要建立时,由于UE已知能够建立的PDU会话数量为5,再次发起PDU会话建立请求时,AMF会反馈前文所述的#65。所以在该实施例中UE无需在不做任何改变的前提下,盲目再次尝试去建立第6路PDU会话;而是拒绝建立第6路PDU会话,或者,释放前5路PDU会话中的一路PDU会话,再建立第6路PDU会话。For example, when the UE determines that the number of PDU sessions that can be established is 5, and after the UE successfully establishes a 5-way PDU session, when there is a 6th PDU session to be established, since the UE knows that the number of PDU sessions that can be established is 5, initiate a PDU session again When creating a request, AMF will feed back #65 mentioned above. Therefore, in this embodiment, the UE does not need to blindly try to establish the 6th PDU session again without making any changes; instead, it refuses to establish the 6th PDU session, or releases one of the first 5 PDU sessions. Session, and then establish the sixth PDU session.
图6说明的是在注册流程中,UE获知第一参数并建立PDU会话的具体流程。由图4的描述可知,UE获知第一参数还可以是在PDU会话建立过程中获知的。下面,结合图8详细说明UE在PDU会话建立过程中获知上述的第一参数以及建立PDU会话的具体流程。Fig. 6 illustrates the specific process in which the UE learns the first parameter and establishes a PDU session in the registration process. It can be seen from the description of FIG. 4 that the UE learning the first parameter may also be learned during the establishment of the PDU session. In the following, in conjunction with FIG. 8, it will be described in detail that the UE learns the above-mentioned first parameter and establishes the PDU session during the PDU session establishment process.
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种会话建立的示意图。应用在5G系统中,说明终端设备在PDU会话建立阶段获取上述的第一参数,确定自身能够建立的PDU会话的最大数量。包括:Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of another session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application. When applied to a 5G system, it means that the terminal device obtains the above-mentioned first parameter during the PDU session establishment phase, and determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that it can establish. include:
S610,UE向AMF发送注册请求消息。S610: The UE sends a registration request message to the AMF.
其中,注册请求消息可以是初始注册、移动更新注册或周期性注册流程中的注册请求消息。本申请对此并不限制。The registration request message may be a registration request message in the initial registration, mobile update registration, or periodic registration process. This application does not limit this.
S620,AMF与UDM进行鉴权交互。S620, AMF and UDM perform authentication interaction.
在AMF与UDM信令交互的过程中,AMF获得PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量,该信息可以包含在UE签约数据中,由UDM发送给AMF。应理解,如果签约数据中不包含,也可以从AMF本地策略当中获得,然后AMF通过新增IE告知终端。In the process of AMF and UDM signaling interaction, the AMF obtains the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN. This information can be included in the UE subscription data and sent by the UDM to the AMF. It should be understood that if it is not included in the subscription data, it can also be obtained from the AMF local policy, and then the AMF informs the terminal through the newly added IE.
AMF自身缓存该PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量。The AMF itself buffers the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
应理解,S610和S620为终端设备的注册流程,图2中已经说明过,这里不再详述。It should be understood that S610 and S620 are the registration procedures of the terminal device, which have been explained in FIG. 2 and will not be detailed here.
S630,AMF向UE发送注册接收消息。S630: The AMF sends a registration reception message to the UE.
与图6中所示的不同的是,该注册接收消息中并不包括新增的IE。为现有中的注册接收消息,本申请对此并不限制。The difference from that shown in Figure 6 is that the newly added IE is not included in the registration reception message. To receive messages for existing registrations, this application is not limited to this.
S640,UE建立PDU会话。S640: The UE establishes a PDU session.
UE注册成功之后,在通信系统中建立PDU会话。After the UE is successfully registered, a PDU session is established in the communication system.
具体地,此时UE并未获知PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量。UE只能获知5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值以及该UE实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值。那么UE在建立PDU会话时并不能准确确定自身能够建立的最大PDU会话数量,只能基于5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值以及该UE实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值大概估计自身能够建立的最大PDU会话数量。Specifically, the UE does not know the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN at this time. The UE can only learn the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE. Then the UE cannot accurately determine the maximum number of PDU sessions that it can establish when establishing a PDU session. It can only be estimated based on the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE. The maximum number of PDU sessions.
例如,5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值为16、该UE实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值为6。UE根据16、6大概估计UE能够建立的最大PDU会话数量为min{16、6}=6。For example, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol is 16, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE is 6. According to 16 and 6, the UE roughly estimates that the maximum number of PDU sessions that the UE can establish is min{16, 6}=6.
UE建立PDU会话的流程,简述为:The process of UE establishment of PDU session is briefly described as follows:
UE向AMF发送PDU会话建立请求消息-AMF向SMF转发PDU会话建立请求消息-UPF域SMF交互信令,建立PDU会话-SMF向AMF发送PDU会话建立接收消息-AMF向UE转发PDU会话建立接收消息。UE sends PDU session establishment request message to AMF -AMF forwards PDU session establishment request message to SMF -UPF domain SMF exchange signaling, establishes PDU session -SMF sends PDU session establishment reception message to AMF -AMF forwards PDU session establishment reception message to UE .
S650,UE同时发起多路PDU会话建立请求消息。S650: The UE simultaneously initiates a multiple PDU session establishment request message.
假设,在S620中AMF缓存的PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量为5。当UE建立了4路PDU会话之后,同时发起第5路和第6路PDU会话建立请求。由于,AMF获知的PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量为5,所以在AMF接收到第5路和第6路PDU会话建立请求消息时,判断已经达到PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量,会反馈PDU会话建立拒绝消息(原因编码#65)。Assume that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN buffered by the AMF in S620 is 5. After the UE has established a 4-way PDU session, it simultaneously initiates the fifth and sixth PDU session establishment requests. Since the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN learned by the AMF is 5, when the AMF receives the 5th and 6th PDU session establishment request messages, it is determined that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN has been reached , Will feed back the PDU session establishment rejection message (reason code #65).
S660,AMF向UE发送PDU会话建立拒绝消息。S660: The AMF sends a PDU session establishment rejection message to the UE.
该PDU会话建立拒绝消息中新增IE,该IE用于指示PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量。An IE is added to the PDU session establishment rejection message, and the IE is used to indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN.
具体地,PDU会话建立拒绝消息(原因编码#65)与图7所示的注册接收消息类似。本申请中的原因编码#65与现有中的原因编码#65不同的是,新增了IE。该新增的IE与原因编码#65中原始信息共同携带在原因编码#65中,对于新增IE在原因编码#65中的具体位置并不限制。其中,原始信息指的是现有中原因编码#65包括的信息,本申请对此并不涉及,因此不再赘述。Specifically, the PDU session establishment rejection message (reason code #65) is similar to the registration reception message shown in FIG. 7. The reason code #65 in this application is different from the existing reason code #65 in that IE is added. The original information in the newly added IE and the reason code #65 are carried in the reason code #65, and the specific position of the newly added IE in the reason code #65 is not limited. Among them, the original information refers to the information included in the existing reason code #65, which is not involved in this application, so it will not be repeated.
S670,UE确定允许建立最大PDU会话数量。S670: The UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established.
UE接收到PDU会话建立拒绝消息之后,基于PDU会话建立拒绝消息中新增的IE, 确定PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量。After receiving the PDU session establishment rejection message, the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN based on the newly added IE in the PDU session establishment rejection message.
进一步地,UE基于5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值、该UE实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值、PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量确定允许建立最大PDU会话数量。Further, the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established based on the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE, and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
例如,S660中的新增的IE占4字节,指示PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量为5、5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值为16、该UE实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值为6。UE根据16、6以及5确定UE能够建立的最大PDU会话数量为min{16、6、5}=5。For example, the newly added IE in S660 occupies 4 bytes, indicating that the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under PLMN is 5, the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol is 16, and the maximum PDU session actually supported by the UE The number value is 6. The UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that the UE can establish according to 16, 6, and 5 as min{16, 6, 5}=5.
S680,UE确定是否再次建立PDU会话。S680: The UE determines whether to establish a PDU session again.
UE再次建立PDU会话前,需要判断是否在允许建立PDU会话数量的范围之内。Before establishing a PDU session again, the UE needs to determine whether it is within the range of the number of allowed PDU sessions to be established.
例如,当有一路或多路PDU会话需要建立时,如果UE判断已经建立的PDU会话数量没有超出允许建立PDU会话数量,UE发起PDU会话建立流程;如果UE判断已经建立的PDU会话数量等于允许建立PDU会话数量,UE选择拒绝建立PDU会话或者通过适当已经建立好的PDU会话再去建立新的需要建立的PDU会话。For example, when one or more PDU sessions need to be established, if the UE determines that the number of established PDU sessions does not exceed the allowed number of PDU sessions, the UE initiates the PDU session establishment process; if the UE determines that the number of established PDU sessions is equal to the allowed establishment The number of PDU sessions. The UE chooses to refuse to establish a PDU session or to establish a new PDU session that needs to be established through an appropriate established PDU session.
若需要建立的PDU会话超出允许建立PDU会话数量的范围,且UE确定拒绝建立该PDU会话时,图8所示的会话建立流程结束。If the PDU session that needs to be established exceeds the range of the number of PDU sessions allowed to be established, and the UE determines to refuse to establish the PDU session, the session establishment process shown in FIG. 8 ends.
若需要建立的PDU会话超出允许建立PDU会话数量的范围,且UE确定释放已经建立的PDU会话,UE释放PDU会话;继而再执行S640。If the PDU session to be established exceeds the range of the number of PDU sessions allowed to be established, and the UE determines to release the established PDU session, the UE releases the PDU session; then S640 is performed again.
例如,当UE判断能够建立的PDU会话数量为5,UE成功建立4路PDU会话之后,有第5路和第6路PDU会话需要建立时,由于UE已知能够建立的PDU会话数量为5,UE直接发起第5路PDU会话建立请求,而针对第6路PDU会话UE无需在不做任何改变的前提下,盲目再次尝试去建立第6路PDU会话;而是拒绝建立第6路PDU会话,或者,释放前5路PDU会话中的一路PDU会话,再建立第6路PDU会话。For example, when the UE judges that the number of PDU sessions that can be established is 5, and after the UE successfully establishes a 4-way PDU session, when there are 5th and 6th PDU sessions to be established, since the UE knows that the number of PDU sessions that can be established is 5. The UE directly initiates the fifth PDU session establishment request, and for the sixth PDU session, the UE does not need to blindly try to establish the sixth PDU session again without making any changes; instead, it refuses to establish the sixth PDU session. Or, release one of the first five PDU sessions, and then establish a sixth PDU session.
应理解,S650中所示的发起多路PDU会话指示一种举例,发起一路PDU会话时,AMF反馈的原因编码#65中仍然可以携带上述的IE。以发起多路PDU会话为例说明,是为了突出在现有技术的中如果UE发起多路PDU会话建立请求时,接收到原因编码#65之后,推断能够建立的最大PDU会话数量可能出现错误,而本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法,在UE同时发起多路PDU会话时,通过在原因编码#65中新增IE,指示PLMN下UE支持建立的最大PDU会话数量,UE能够基于新增的IE准确地确定UE允许建立的最大PDU会话数量。It should be understood that the indication of initiating a multiple PDU session shown in S650 is an example. When a PDU session is initiated, the reason code #65 fed back by the AMF may still carry the aforementioned IE. Taking the initiation of a multi-channel PDU session as an example, it is to highlight that in the prior art, if the UE initiates a multi-channel PDU session establishment request, after receiving the reason code #65, the maximum number of PDU sessions that can be established may be wrong. In the method for session establishment provided by the embodiments of this application, when the UE initiates multiple PDU sessions at the same time, by adding an IE to the reason code #65, it indicates the maximum number of PDU sessions that the UE supports under the PLMN. The newly added IE accurately determines the maximum number of PDU sessions that the UE is allowed to establish.
示例性地,本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法还可以应用在异系统切换时,负载转移场景下。Exemplarily, the method for establishing a session provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied in a load transfer scenario when a different system is switched.
下面结合图9和图10简单介绍存在异系统切换时,如何进行PDU会话建立。The following briefly introduces how to establish a PDU session when there is a different system handover in conjunction with FIG. 9 and FIG. 10.
图9是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话建立的示意图。终端设备处于LTE系统中,无N26接口的情况下,LTE系统中的网络设备触发终端设备异系统切换到5G系统中。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device is in the LTE system, and without the N26 interface, the network device in the LTE system triggers the terminal device to switch to the 5G system from another system.
S710,UE实现异系统切换。S710: The UE implements handover between different systems.
S720,UE向AMF发送注册请求消息。S720. The UE sends a registration request message to the AMF.
UE在5G系统中发起注册流程。The UE initiates the registration process in the 5G system.
S730,AMF与UDM进行鉴权交互。S730, AMF and UDM perform authentication interaction.
在AMF与UDM信令交互的过程中,AMF获得PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量,该信息可以包含在UE签约数据中,由UDM发送给AMF。应理解,如果签约数据中不包含,也可以从AMF本地策略当中获得,然后AMF通过新增IE告知终端。In the process of AMF and UDM signaling interaction, the AMF obtains the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN. This information can be included in the UE subscription data and sent by the UDM to the AMF. It should be understood that if it is not included in the subscription data, it can also be obtained from the AMF local policy, and then the AMF informs the terminal through the newly added IE.
AMF自身缓存该PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量。The AMF itself buffers the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
S740,AMF向UE发送注册接收消息。S740: The AMF sends a registration reception message to the UE.
该注册接收消息中新增IE,该IE用于指示PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量。与图6中S530中所示的注册接收消息类似,这里不再赘述。An IE is added to the registration reception message, and the IE is used to indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN. It is similar to the registration reception message shown in S530 in FIG. 6, and will not be repeated here.
S750,UE确定允许建立最大PDU会话数量。S750: The UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established.
UE接收到注册接收消息之后,基于注册接收消息中新增的IE,确定PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量。After receiving the registration reception message, the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN based on the newly added IE in the registration reception message.
进一步地,UE基于5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值、该UE实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值、PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量确定允许建立最大PDU会话数量。Further, the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established based on the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE, and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
S760,UE转移PDU会话。S760: The UE transfers the PDU session.
UE将在LTE系统中建立的PDU会话转移到5G系统中。The UE transfers the PDU session established in the LTE system to the 5G system.
具体地,UE根据允许建立最大PDU会话数量选择转移哪些PDU会话。Specifically, the UE selects which PDU sessions to transfer according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established.
例如,当系统切换之后在LTE中建立的PDU会话的数量没有超过UE允许建立最大PDU会话数量,UE直接执行S770,建立PDU会话;或者,For example, when the number of PDU sessions established in LTE after the system switch does not exceed the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by the UE, the UE directly executes S770 to establish PDU sessions; or,
当系统切换之后在LTE中建立的PDU会话的数量超过了UE允许建立最大PDU会话数量,UE自行选择满足UE允许建立最大PDU会话数量限制之内的PDU会话,执行S770,建立PDU会话。When the number of PDU sessions established in LTE after the system switch exceeds the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by the UE, the UE selects the PDU sessions that meet the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by the UE, and executes S770 to establish a PDU session.
例如,UE确定允许建立最大PDU会话数量为5,UE在LTE系统中建立的PDU会话数量为10。则,UE选择10路PDU会话中的5路PDU会话转移到5G系统中。For example, the UE determines that the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established is 5, and the number of PDU sessions established by the UE in the LTE system is 10. Then, the UE selects 5 PDU sessions among the 10 PDU sessions to transfer to the 5G system.
S770,UE建立PDU会话。S770: The UE establishes a PDU session.
具体地,UE建立PDU会话的流程不再赘述。Specifically, the process of establishing a PDU session by the UE will not be repeated.
S780,UE确定是否建立PDU会话。S780: The UE determines whether to establish a PDU session.
UE再次建立PDU会话前,需要判断是否在允许建立PDU会话数量的范围之内。Before establishing a PDU session again, the UE needs to determine whether it is within the range of the number of allowed PDU sessions to be established.
例如,当有一路或多路PDU会话需要建立时,如果UE判断已经建立的PDU会话数量没有超出允许建立PDU会话数量,UE发起PDU会话建立流程;如果UE判断已经建立的PDU会话数量等于允许建立PDU会话数量,UE选择拒绝建立PDU会话,或者,通过释放已经建立好的PDU会话再去建立新的需要建立的PDU会话。For example, when one or more PDU sessions need to be established, if the UE determines that the number of established PDU sessions does not exceed the allowed number of PDU sessions, the UE initiates the PDU session establishment process; if the UE determines that the number of established PDU sessions is equal to the allowed establishment The number of PDU sessions. The UE chooses to refuse to establish a PDU session, or to establish a new PDU session to be established by releasing the established PDU session.
图9所示的为存在异系统切换,且没有N26接口时的UE建立PDU会话的流程。下面结合图10简单说明当存在N26时,异系统切换之后UE如何建立PDU会话。Figure 9 shows the process of establishing a PDU session by the UE when there is a handover between different systems and there is no N26 interface. The following briefly explains how the UE establishes a PDU session after a different system handover when there is N26 with reference to FIG. 10.
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话建立的示意图。终端设备处于LTE系统中,有N26接口的情况下,LTE系统中的网络设备触发终端设备异系统切换到5G系统中。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of yet another session establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device is in the LTE system, and when there is an N26 interface, the network device in the LTE system triggers the terminal device to switch to the 5G system from another system.
S810,UE实现异系统切换。S810: The UE implements handover between different systems.
UE将LTE系统中S1接口下面的承载通过N26接口转移到5G系统中N1接口下面,完成PDU会话恢复。其中,PDU会话恢复指的是UE将在LTE系统中建立的PDU会话,通过N26接口直接转移到5G系统中。The UE transfers the bearer under the S1 interface in the LTE system to the N1 interface in the 5G system through the N26 interface to complete the PDU session recovery. Among them, PDU session recovery refers to the PDU session that the UE will establish in the LTE system and directly transfer to the 5G system through the N26 interface.
S820,UE向AMF发送注册请求消息。S820: The UE sends a registration request message to the AMF.
UE在5G系统中发起注册流程。具体地,UE将将激活状态的PDU会话信息(PDU session status)携带在注册请求消息中,发送给AMF。The UE initiates the registration process in the 5G system. Specifically, the UE carries the active PDU session status (PDU session status) in the registration request message and sends it to the AMF.
S830,AMF与UDM进行鉴权交互。S830, AMF and UDM perform authentication interaction.
在AMF与UDM信令交互的过程中,AMF获得PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量,该信息可以包含在UE签约数据中,由UDM发送给AMF。应理解,如果签约数据中不包含,也可以从AMF本地策略当中获得,然后AMF通过新增IE告知终端。In the process of AMF and UDM signaling interaction, the AMF obtains the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN. This information can be included in the UE subscription data and sent by the UDM to the AMF. It should be understood that if it is not included in the subscription data, it can also be obtained from the AMF local policy, and then the AMF informs the terminal through the newly added IE.
AMF自身缓存该PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量。The AMF itself buffers the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
S840,AMF确定是否需要释放PDU会话。S840: The AMF determines whether the PDU session needs to be released.
AMF判断UE在注册请求消息中携带的激活的PDU会话数量,是否超过该PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量,超过的话AMF触发网络侧本地释放PDU会话以保障该PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量的限制。AMF judges whether the number of activated PDU sessions carried by the UE in the registration request message exceeds the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN. If it exceeds the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN, AMF triggers the network side to release the PDU sessions locally to ensure the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN Limit on the number of PDU sessions.
S850,AMF向UE发送注册接收消息。S850: The AMF sends a registration reception message to the UE.
该注册接收消息中新增IE(PLMN’s maximum allowed number of PDU session),该IE用于指示PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量以及最终激活状态的PDU会话信息(PDU session status)。An IE (PLMN’s maximum allowed number of PDU session) is added to the registration reception message. This IE is used to indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN and the PDU session status of the final active state (PDU session status).
例如,新增的IE#1用于指示PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量;新增IE#2用于指示激活状态的PDU会话信息。For example, the newly added IE#1 is used to indicate the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN; the newly added IE#2 is used to indicate the PDU session information in the active state.
S860,UE确定允许建立最大PDU会话数量。S860: The UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established.
UE接收到注册接收消息之后,基于注册接收消息中新增的IE,确定PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量。After receiving the registration reception message, the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE in the PLMN based on the newly added IE in the registration reception message.
进一步地,UE基于5G通信协议定义的PDU会话ID最大数量值、该UE实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值、PLMN下该UE支持的最大PDU会话数量确定允许建立最大PDU会话数量。Further, the UE determines the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established based on the maximum number of PDU session IDs defined by the 5G communication protocol, the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the UE, and the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the UE under the PLMN.
S870,UE执行去激活。S870, the UE performs deactivation.
UE根据注册接收消息中指示激活状态的PDU会话信息的IE。执行本地去激活,从而保证异系统转换之后,5G系统中的PDU会话数量满足UE允许建立最大PDU会话数量。The UE receives the IE indicating the PDU session information in the active state in the registration message according to the registration. Perform local deactivation to ensure that the number of PDU sessions in the 5G system meets the maximum number of PDU sessions that the UE is allowed to establish after the conversion of different systems.
S880,UE确定是否在5G系统中新建PDU会话。S880: The UE determines whether to create a new PDU session in the 5G system.
UE在5G系统中再次建立PDU会话前,需要判断是否在允许建立PDU会话数量的范围之内。Before establishing a PDU session again in the 5G system, the UE needs to determine whether it is within the range of the number of allowed PDU sessions to be established.
例如,当有一路或多路PDU会话需要建立时,如果UE判断处于激活状态的PDU会话数量没有超出允许建立PDU会话数量,UE发起PDU会话建立流程;如果UE判断处于激活状态的PDU会话数量等于允许建立PDU会话数量,UE选择拒绝建立PDU会话,或者,通过释放处于激活状态的PDU会话再去建立新的需要建立的PDU会话。For example, when one or more PDU sessions need to be established, if the UE determines that the number of active PDU sessions does not exceed the number of allowed PDU sessions, the UE initiates the PDU session establishment process; if the UE determines that the number of active PDU sessions is equal to The number of PDU sessions allowed to be established, and the UE chooses to refuse to establish a PDU session, or to establish a new PDU session to be established by releasing the active PDU session.
上文结合图3-图10详细介绍了本申请实施例提供的用于会话建立的方法以及用于会话建立的方法的应用,下面结合图11-图14详细介绍本申请实施例提供的终端设备、接入管理功能网元以及数据管理网元。The method for establishing a session and the application of the method for establishing a session provided by the embodiments of the present application are described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 3-10. The following describes in detail the terminal device provided by the embodiments of the present application with reference to FIGS. 11-14 , Access management function network element and data management network element.
参见图11,图11是本申请提出的终端设备10的示意图。如图11所示,装置10包 处理器110、存储器120Refer to FIG. 11, which is a schematic diagram of the terminal device 10 proposed in the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the device 10 includes a processor 110 and a memory 120
以及一个或多个程序,其中所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器120中,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器110执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:And one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory 120, and when the one or more programs are executed by the processor 110, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps:
向接入管理功能网元发送注册请求消息,所述注册请求消息用于请求注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的网络中;Sending a registration request message to the access management function network element, where the registration request message is used to request registration to a network belonging to a preset public land mobile communication network PLMN;
接收所述接入管理功能网元发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中携带第一参数,所述第一参数指示所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量。终端设备10和方法实施例中的终端设备完全对应,终端设备10用于执行图3-图10所示的方法实施例中由终端设备执行的相应步骤。Receive a first message sent by the access management function network element, where the first message carries a first parameter, and the first parameter indicates the maximum packet data unit that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN The number of PDU sessions. The terminal device 10 completely corresponds to the terminal device in the method embodiment, and the terminal device 10 is used to execute the corresponding steps performed by the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 3 to 10.
其中,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器110执行时,终端设备10执行方法实施例中接收的步骤。例如,执行图3中从接入管理功能网元接收第一消息的步骤220。参见图12,图12是适用于本申请实施例的终端设备20的结构示意图。该终端设备20可应用于图1所示出的系统中。为了便于说明,图12仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图12所示,终端设备20包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器用于控制天线以及输入输出装置收发信号,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,以执行本申请提出的通信方法中由终端设备执行的相应流程和/或操作。此处不再赘述。Wherein, when the one or more programs are executed by the processor 110, the terminal device 10 executes the steps received in the method embodiment. For example, step 220 of receiving the first message from the access management function network element in FIG. 3 is performed. Referring to FIG. 12, FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 20 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device 20 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1. For ease of description, FIG. 12 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 12, the terminal device 20 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is used to control the antenna and the input and output device to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory to execute the corresponding process and/or executed by the terminal device in the communication method proposed in this application. Or operation. I won't repeat them here.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图12仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for ease of description, FIG. 12 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual terminal devices, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的接入管理功能网元100的示意性框图,该接入管理功能网元包括处理器101、存储器102以及一个或多个程序,其中所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器102中,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器101执行时,使得所述接入管理功能网元执行以下步骤:接收终端设备发送的注册请求消息,所述注册请求消息用于所述终端设备请求注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的网络中;FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of an access management function network element 100 according to an embodiment of the present application. The access management function network element includes a processor 101, a memory 102, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs Are stored in the memory 102, and when the one or more programs are executed by the processor 101, the access management function network element is caused to perform the following steps: receiving a registration request message sent by a terminal device, and The registration request message is used for the terminal device to request registration to a network belonging to a preset public land mobile communication network PLMN;
确定第一参数,所述第一参数指示在所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量;Determining a first parameter, where the first parameter indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN;
保存所述第一参数;Save the first parameter;
向所述终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中携带所述第一参数。Send a first message to the terminal device, where the first message carries the first parameter.
接入管理功能网元100和方法实施例中的接入管理功能网元完全对应,接入管理功能网元100用于执行图3-图10所示的方法实施例中由接入管理功能网元执行的相应步骤。The access management function network element 100 completely corresponds to the access management function network element in the method embodiment, and the access management function network element 100 is used to execute the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 3-10. The corresponding steps performed by the meta.
其中,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器101执行时,接入管理功能网元100执行方法实施例中发送的步骤。例如,执行图3中向终端设备发送第一消息的步骤220。还执行方法实施例中接入管理功能网元内部实现或处理的步骤。例如,执行图3中确定第一参数的步骤221。以及执行方法实施例中接入管理功能网元存储的步骤。例如,执行图3中保存第一参数的步骤222。Wherein, when the one or more programs are executed by the processor 101, the access management function network element 100 executes the steps sent in the method embodiment. For example, step 220 of sending the first message to the terminal device in FIG. 3 is performed. It also executes the steps implemented or processed inside the access management function network element in the method embodiment. For example, step 221 of determining the first parameter in FIG. 3 is performed. And perform the steps of access management function network element storage in the method embodiment. For example, step 222 of saving the first parameter in FIG. 3 is executed.
该接入管理功能网元100还包括收发器103,其中,存储器102中存储指令或程序;处理器101用于执行存储器102中存储的指令或程序,收发器103用于执行收发操作。The access management function network element 100 further includes a transceiver 103, where instructions or programs are stored in the memory 102; the processor 101 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 102, and the transceiver 103 is configured to perform transceiving operations.
图14是本申请实施例提供的数据管理网元200的示意性框图,该数据管理网元包括 处理器201、存储器202以及一个或多个程序,其中所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器202中,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器201执行时,使得所述数据管理网元执行以下步骤:接收接入管理功能网元发送的查询消息,所述查询消息用于查询第一参数,所述第一参数指示预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量;14 is a schematic block diagram of a data management network element 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The data management network element includes a processor 201, a memory 202, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the In the memory 202, when the one or more programs are executed by the processor 201, the data management network element is caused to perform the following steps: receiving a query message sent by an access management function network element, and the query message is used When querying the first parameter, the first parameter indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device under the preset public land mobile communication network PLMN supports;
向所述接入管理功能网元发送反馈消息,所述反馈消息中携带所述第一参数。Send a feedback message to the access management function network element, where the feedback message carries the first parameter.
数据管理网元200和方法实施例中的数据管理网元完全对应,数据管理网元200用于执行图3-图10所示的方法实施例中由数据管理网元执行的相应步骤。The data management network element 200 completely corresponds to the data management network element in the method embodiment, and the data management network element 200 is used to execute the corresponding steps performed by the data management network element in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 10.
其中,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器201执行时,数据管理网元200执行方法实施例中发送的步骤。例如,执行图3中向接入管理功能网元发送反馈消息的步骤213。该数据管理网元200还包括收发器203,其中,存储器202中存储指令或程序;处理器203用于执行存储器202中存储的指令或程序;收发器203用于执行收发操作。Wherein, when the one or more programs are executed by the processor 201, the data management network element 200 executes the steps sent in the method embodiment. For example, step 213 of sending a feedback message to the access management function network element in FIG. 3 is performed. The data management network element 200 further includes a transceiver 203, where instructions or programs are stored in the memory 202; the processor 203 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 202; and the transceiver 203 is configured to perform transceiving operations.
本实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当该计算机指令在终端设备上运行时,使得终端设备执行上述相关方法步骤实现上述实施例中的用于会话建立的方法。This embodiment also provides a computer storage medium in which computer instructions are stored. When the computer instructions run on a terminal device, the terminal device is caused to execute the above-mentioned related method steps to implement the session establishment in the above-mentioned embodiment. Methods.
本实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述相关步骤,以实现上述实施例中的用于会话建立的方法。This embodiment also provides a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned related steps to implement the method for session establishment in the above-mentioned embodiment.
另外,本申请的实施例还提供一种通信装置,这个装置具体可以是芯片,组件或模块,该装置可包括相连的处理器和存储器;其中,存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当装置运行时,处理器可执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令,以使芯片执行上述各方法实施例中的用于会话建立的方法。In addition, the embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device. The device may specifically be a chip, component, or module. The device may include a connected processor and a memory; wherein the memory is used to store computer execution instructions, and when the device is running The processor can execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the method for session establishment in the foregoing method embodiments.
应理解,本发明实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiments of the present invention may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application-specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本发明实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present invention may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
需要说明的是,当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器 件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时,存储器(存储模块)集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component, the memory (storage module) is integrated in the processor.
应注意,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be noted that the memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system and device may refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (24)

  1. 一种用于会话建立的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for session establishment, characterized in that it includes:
    终端设备向网络侧发送注册请求消息,所述注册请求消息用于请求注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的网络中;The terminal device sends a registration request message to the network side, where the registration request message is used to request registration to a network belonging to a preset public land mobile communication network PLMN;
    所述终端设备接收第一消息,所述第一消息中携带第一参数,所述第一参数指示所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量。The terminal device receives a first message, the first message carries a first parameter, and the first parameter indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备将所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量、协议定义的PDU会话标识数量值以及所述终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量三者中的最小值确定所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量;The terminal device sets the minimum of the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN, the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device. Determining the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device;
    所述终端设备根据所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,建立PDU会话。The terminal device establishes a PDU session according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by the terminal device to be established.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,建立PDU会话包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal device establishes a PDU session according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed by the terminal device to establish:
    当所述终端设备已经建立的PDU会话数量的个数等于所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量时,所述终端设备拒绝建立所述PDU会话,或者,所述终端设备释放已经建立的PDU会话中的任意一路PDU会话之后建立所述PDU会话。When the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is equal to the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device is allowed to establish, the terminal device refuses to establish the PDU session, or the terminal device releases the established PDU After any PDU session in the session, the PDU session is established.
  4. 如权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息为注册接收消息,所述注册接收消息用于指示所述终端设备注册成功。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first message is a registration reception message, and the registration reception message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully registered.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端设备向网络侧发送注册请求消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein before the terminal device sends a registration request message to the network side, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统,其中,所述终端设备在所述第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话数量为M路,M为正整数。The terminal device is switched from the first communication system to the second communication system, wherein the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system is M, and M is a positive integer.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信系统与所述第二通信系统之间存在异系统切换接口时,所述注册请求消息中携带第一状态指示信息,所述第一状态指示信息用于指示所述M路PDU会话转移到第二通信系统后的状态;When a different system switching interface exists between the first communication system and the second communication system, the registration request message carries first status indication information, and the first status indication information is used to indicate the M-way PDU The state after the session is transferred to the second communication system;
    所述注册接收消息中携带第二状态指示信息,所述第二状态指示信息用于指示所述M路PDU会话中处于激活状态的N路PDU会话,N为小于或者等M的正整数;The registration reception message carries second status indication information, where the second status indication information is used to indicate the active N PDU sessions in the M PDU session, and N is a positive integer less than or equal to M;
    所述终端设备根据所述第二状态指示信息,确定所述N路PDU会话为激活状态。The terminal device determines that the N-way PDU session is in the active state according to the second state indication information.
  7. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信系统与所述第二通信系统之间不存在异系统切换接口时,所述终端设备根据所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,确定所述M路PDU会话中能够在所述第二通信系统中建立的N路PDU会话,所述N为小于或者等M的正整数。When there is no different system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system, the terminal device determines that the M-channel PDU session can be used in the M-channel PDU session according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device For N PDU sessions established in the second communication system, the N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  8. 如权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息为PDU会话建立拒绝消息,所述PDU会话建立拒绝消息用于拒绝建立PDU会话,在所述终端设备接收第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message, and the PDU session establishment rejection message is used to refuse to establish a PDU session. Before receiving the first message, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备向网络侧发送至少一路PDU会话建立请求消息。The terminal device sends at least one PDU session establishment request message to the network side.
  9. 如权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:8. The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收更新消息,所述更新消息中携带第二参数,所述第二参数为所述第一参数发生变化之后的参数。The terminal device receives an update message, the update message carries a second parameter, and the second parameter is a parameter after the first parameter changes.
  10. 如权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量为运营商根据所述终端设备的签约数据,为所述终端设备定制的。The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN is an operator based on the subscription data of the terminal device, which is The terminal equipment is customized.
  11. 一种用于会话建立的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for session establishment, characterized in that it includes:
    接入管理功能网元接收终端设备发送的注册请求消息,所述注册请求消息用于所述终端设备请求注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的网络中;The access management function network element receives a registration request message sent by a terminal device, where the registration request message is used by the terminal device to request registration to a network belonging to a preset public land mobile communication network PLMN;
    所述接入管理功能网元确定第一参数,所述第一参数指示在所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量;Determining, by the access management function network element, a first parameter, the first parameter indicating the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN;
    所述接入管理功能网元保存所述第一参数;Storing the first parameter by the access management function network element;
    所述接入管理功能网元向所述终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中携带所述第一参数。The access management function network element sends a first message to the terminal device, where the first message carries the first parameter.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述注册请求消息中携带第一状态指示信息,所述第一状态指示信息用于指示M路PDU会话的状态,其中,所述M路PDU会话为所述终端设备从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统时,所述终端设备在所述第一通信系统中建立的、并转移到第二通信系统中的PDU会话数量;The method according to claim 11, wherein the registration request message carries first status indication information, and the first status indication information is used to indicate the status of an M-channel PDU session, wherein the M-channel PDU The session is the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system and transferred to the second communication system when the terminal device switches from the first communication system to the second communication system;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述接入管理功能网元根据所述第一参数确定所述M路PDU会话中处于激活状态的N路PDU会话;Determining, by the access management function network element, the N PDU sessions in the active state among the M PDU sessions according to the first parameter;
    所述第一消息为注册接收消息,所述注册接收消息中携带第二状态指示信息,所述第二状态指示信息用于所述N路PDU会话,M为正整数,N为小于或者等M的正整数。The first message is a registration reception message, and the registration reception message carries second status indication information. The second status indication information is used for the N-way PDU session, M is a positive integer, and N is less than or equal to M A positive integer.
  13. 如权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入管理功能网元确定第一参数包括:The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the access management function network element determining the first parameter comprises:
    所述接入管理功能网元向数据管理网元发送查询消息,所述查询消息用于查询所述第一参数;Sending, by the access management function network element, a query message to the data management network element, where the query message is used to query the first parameter;
    所述接入管理功能网元接收所述数据管理网元发送的反馈消息,所述反馈消息中包括所述第一参数;或者,The access management function network element receives a feedback message sent by the data management network element, where the feedback message includes the first parameter; or,
    所述接入管理功能网元基于本地策略确定所述第一参数。The access management function network element determines the first parameter based on a local policy.
  14. 如权利要求11-13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11-13, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入管理网元向所述终端设备发送更新消息,所述更新消息中携带第二参数,所述第二参数为所述第一参数发生变化之后的参数。The access management network element sends an update message to the terminal device, where the update message carries a second parameter, and the second parameter is a parameter after the first parameter changes.
  15. 一种用于会话建立的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for session establishment, characterized in that it includes:
    数据管理网元接收接入管理功能网元发送的查询消息,所述查询消息用于查询第一参数,所述第一参数指示预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN下终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量;The data management network element receives a query message sent by the access management function network element, where the query message is used to query a first parameter, and the first parameter indicates the largest group supported by the terminal device under the preset public land mobile communication network PLMN. Number of data unit PDU sessions;
    所述数据管理网元向所述接入管理功能网元发送反馈消息,所述反馈消息中携带所述第一参数。The data management network element sends a feedback message to the access management function network element, and the feedback message carries the first parameter.
  16. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:一个或多个处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个程序,其中所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:A terminal device, characterized by comprising: one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory, when the one or more When the program is executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to execute the following steps:
    向网络侧发送注册请求消息,所述注册请求消息用于请求注册到属于预设的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN的网络中;Sending a registration request message to the network side, where the registration request message is used to request registration to a network belonging to a preset public land mobile communication network PLMN;
    接收第一消息,所述第一消息中携带第一参数,所述第一参数指示所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大分组数据单元PDU会话数量。A first message is received, where the first message carries a first parameter, and the first parameter indicates the maximum number of packet data unit PDU sessions that the terminal device supports to establish under the preset PLMN.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的终端设备,其特征在于,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein when the one or more programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps:
    将所述预设的PLMN下所述终端设备支持建立的最大PDU会话数量、协议定义的PDU会话标识数量值以及所述终端设备实际支持的最大PDU会话数量值三者中的最小值确定为所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量;The minimum of the maximum number of PDU sessions supported by the terminal device under the preset PLMN, the number of PDU session identifiers defined by the protocol, and the maximum number of PDU sessions actually supported by the terminal device is determined as the The maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device;
    根据所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,建立PDU会话。Establish a PDU session according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的终端设备,其特征在于,根据所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,建立PDU会话包括:The terminal device of claim 17, wherein, according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device, establishing a PDU session comprises:
    当所述终端设备已经建立的PDU会话数量的个数等于所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量时,所述终端设备拒绝建立所述PDU会话,或者,所述终端设备释放已经建立的PDU会话中的任意一路PDU会话之后建立所述PDU会话。When the number of PDU sessions that the terminal device has established is equal to the maximum number of PDU sessions that the terminal device is allowed to establish, the terminal device refuses to establish the PDU session, or the terminal device releases the established PDU After any PDU session in the session, the PDU session is established.
  19. 如权利要求16-18中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息为注册接收消息,所述注册接收消息用于指示所述终端设备注册成功。The terminal device according to any one of claims 16-18, wherein the first message is a registration reception message, and the registration reception message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully registered.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的终端设备,其特征在于,在向网络侧发送注册请求消息之前,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:The terminal device according to claim 19, wherein, before sending the registration request message to the network side, when the one or more programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps:
    从第一通信系统切换到第二通信系统,其中,所述终端设备在所述第一通信系统中建立的PDU会话数量为M路,M为正整数。Switching from the first communication system to the second communication system, wherein the number of PDU sessions established by the terminal device in the first communication system is M, and M is a positive integer.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一通信系统与所述第二通信系统之间存在异系统切换接口时,所述注册请求消息中携带第一状态指示信息,所述第一状态指示信息用于指示所述M路PDU会话转移到第二通信系统后的状态;The terminal device according to claim 20, wherein when a different system switching interface exists between the first communication system and the second communication system, the registration request message carries first status indication information, so The first state indication information is used to indicate the state of the M-channel PDU session after it is transferred to the second communication system;
    所述注册接收消息中携带第二状态指示信息,所述第二状态指示信息用于指示所述M路PDU会话中处于激活状态的N路PDU会话,N为小于或者等M的正整数;The registration reception message carries second status indication information, where the second status indication information is used to indicate the active N PDU sessions in the M PDU session, and N is a positive integer less than or equal to M;
    当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:When the one or more programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to execute the following steps:
    所述终端设备根据所述第二状态指示信息,确定所述N路PDU会话为激活状态。The terminal device determines that the N-way PDU session is in the active state according to the second state indication information.
  22. 如权利要求20所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一通信系统与所述第二通信系统之间不存在异系统切换接口时,The terminal device according to claim 20, wherein when there is no different system switching interface between the first communication system and the second communication system,
    当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:When the one or more programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to execute the following steps:
    根据所述终端设备允许建立的最大PDU会话数量,确定所述M路PDU会话中能够在所述第二通信系统中建立的N路PDU会话,所述N为小于或者等M的正整数。Determine the N PDU sessions that can be established in the second communication system among the M PDU sessions according to the maximum number of PDU sessions allowed to be established by the terminal device, where N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  23. 如权利要求16-18中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息为PDU会话建立拒绝消息,所述PDU会话建立拒绝消息用于拒绝建立PDU会话,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:The terminal device according to any one of claims 16-18, wherein the first message is a PDU session establishment rejection message, and the PDU session establishment rejection message is used to refuse to establish a PDU session, when the one Or when multiple programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to execute the following steps:
    向所述网络侧发送至少一路PDU会话建立请求消息。At least one PDU session establishment request message is sent to the network side.
  24. 如权利要求16-23中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端设备执行以下步骤:The terminal device according to any one of claims 16-23, wherein when the one or more programs are executed by the processor, the terminal device is caused to perform the following steps:
    接收更新消息,所述更新消息中携带第二参数,所述第二参数为所述第一参数发生变化之后的参数。An update message is received, the update message carries a second parameter, and the second parameter is a parameter after the first parameter changes.
PCT/CN2019/074190 2019-01-31 2019-01-31 Method for session establishment and terminal device WO2020155021A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/074190 WO2020155021A1 (en) 2019-01-31 2019-01-31 Method for session establishment and terminal device
CN201980064277.1A CN112771903B (en) 2019-01-31 2019-01-31 Method for session establishment and terminal equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/074190 WO2020155021A1 (en) 2019-01-31 2019-01-31 Method for session establishment and terminal device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020155021A1 true WO2020155021A1 (en) 2020-08-06

Family

ID=71840709

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/074190 WO2020155021A1 (en) 2019-01-31 2019-01-31 Method for session establishment and terminal device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112771903B (en)
WO (1) WO2020155021A1 (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112153678A (en) * 2020-09-09 2020-12-29 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Session management method, device, related equipment and storage medium
WO2022071783A1 (en) * 2020-10-02 2022-04-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Improvements in and relating to managing pdu sessions in a telecommunication system
CN115209521A (en) * 2021-04-12 2022-10-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 Message processing method, device, equipment and storage medium
EP4207876A1 (en) * 2022-01-03 2023-07-05 MediaTek Inc. Method for handling pdu session establishment when maximum number of pdu sessions has been reached
WO2023143244A1 (en) * 2022-01-30 2023-08-03 华为技术有限公司 Terminal management method and core network device
EP4274280A1 (en) * 2022-05-05 2023-11-08 MediaTek Inc. Maximum number of pdu session handling per subscription per network
WO2024005535A1 (en) * 2022-07-01 2024-01-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods and user equipment for managing protocol data unit session
WO2024022107A1 (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Session control method and apparatus, charging method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
WO2024221247A1 (en) * 2023-04-25 2024-10-31 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Network-access management method, apparatus and system, and communication device and medium

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111800889B (en) * 2019-08-27 2022-05-20 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method for processing protocol data unit session, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN113795019B (en) * 2021-08-09 2022-12-30 华为技术有限公司 Communication control method and communication equipment

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014111510A1 (en) * 2013-01-18 2014-07-24 Blackberry Limited System and method for reporting that a maximum number of data contexts is reached
CN105723797A (en) * 2014-10-17 2016-06-29 联发科技股份有限公司 Method for maintenance of maximum number of bearers when maximum number of bearers reached

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1912386B1 (en) * 2006-10-13 2013-07-31 Research In Motion Limited System and method for managing IP sessions based on how many IP sessions are supported
JP5640061B2 (en) * 2012-10-30 2014-12-10 京セラドキュメントソリューションズ株式会社 Communication device, communication program, and communication method
GB2509072B (en) * 2012-12-19 2015-08-05 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Bearer management
CN105025591B (en) * 2014-04-23 2018-06-05 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of method for processing business, device and user equipment
BR112019019744A2 (en) * 2017-03-20 2020-04-14 Huawei Tech Co Ltd AMBR DETERMINATION METHOD, DECOMMUNICATIONS ENTITY AND SYSTEM, STORAGE MEDIA AND PRODUCT LEGIBLE BY COMPUTER, SMF ENTITY, AND PCF ENTITY
CN108811000B (en) * 2017-05-05 2021-02-26 华为技术有限公司 Parameter determination method and communication entity

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014111510A1 (en) * 2013-01-18 2014-07-24 Blackberry Limited System and method for reporting that a maximum number of data contexts is reached
CN105723797A (en) * 2014-10-17 2016-06-29 联发科技股份有限公司 Method for maintenance of maximum number of bearers when maximum number of bearers reached

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
INTEL , BLACKBERRY,MEDIATEK ,ERICSSON, SAMSUNG: "How to Determine the Maximum Number of Established PDU sessions", 3GPP DRAFT C1-185762, 24 August 2018 (2018-08-24), West Palm Beach, FL (USA), pages 1 - 8, XP051570682 *

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112153678A (en) * 2020-09-09 2020-12-29 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Session management method, device, related equipment and storage medium
WO2022052648A1 (en) * 2020-09-09 2022-03-17 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Session management method and apparatus, related device, and storage medium
WO2022071783A1 (en) * 2020-10-02 2022-04-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Improvements in and relating to managing pdu sessions in a telecommunication system
US11765676B2 (en) 2020-10-02 2023-09-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Managing PDU sessions in a telecommunication system
CN115209521A (en) * 2021-04-12 2022-10-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 Message processing method, device, equipment and storage medium
CN115209521B (en) * 2021-04-12 2024-03-22 维沃移动通信有限公司 Message processing method, device, equipment and storage medium
EP4207876A1 (en) * 2022-01-03 2023-07-05 MediaTek Inc. Method for handling pdu session establishment when maximum number of pdu sessions has been reached
WO2023143244A1 (en) * 2022-01-30 2023-08-03 华为技术有限公司 Terminal management method and core network device
EP4274280A1 (en) * 2022-05-05 2023-11-08 MediaTek Inc. Maximum number of pdu session handling per subscription per network
WO2024005535A1 (en) * 2022-07-01 2024-01-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods and user equipment for managing protocol data unit session
WO2024022107A1 (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Session control method and apparatus, charging method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
WO2024221247A1 (en) * 2023-04-25 2024-10-31 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Network-access management method, apparatus and system, and communication device and medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112771903A (en) 2021-05-07
CN112771903B (en) 2022-06-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020155021A1 (en) Method for session establishment and terminal device
US11979818B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
US12096219B2 (en) Communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2021233050A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US11405965B2 (en) Signaling processing method and apparatus
US20230112588A1 (en) Communication method and related device
JP2023512971A (en) PGW-C/SMF reselection in the desired network slice
WO2021223637A1 (en) Application migration method and device
CN110418395B (en) Capability opening method, related device, system and medium
US20210329504A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2019242724A1 (en) Communication method, and paging method, device and system
TW202215870A (en) Handling of 5gsm congestion timers
CN113747605B (en) Communication method and communication device
TWI809626B (en) Methods and user equipment for mobile communications
WO2020024865A1 (en) Session correspondence management method and terminal device
WO2022028815A1 (en) Method, apparatus and computer program
CN115299168A (en) Method and apparatus for handover
US11997743B2 (en) State switching method, apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2021088007A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2020200297A1 (en) Method and apparatus for selecting session management network element
WO2021088061A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN114363975A (en) Data communication method, device, electronic equipment and storage medium
WO2021147105A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023207958A1 (en) Policy transmission method, and communication apparatus and system
US11589410B2 (en) Apparatuses and methods for coordinating transmission paths of a multi-radio dual connectivity (MR-DC) operation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19913473

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19913473

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1